TW202144526A - Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202144526A
TW202144526A TW110110684A TW110110684A TW202144526A TW 202144526 A TW202144526 A TW 202144526A TW 110110684 A TW110110684 A TW 110110684A TW 110110684 A TW110110684 A TW 110110684A TW 202144526 A TW202144526 A TW 202144526A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
adhesive
monomer
less
weight
refractive index
Prior art date
Application number
TW110110684A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
形見普史
片岡賢一
西野智哉
山本祐輔
野依慎太郎
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021049059A external-priority patent/JP2022008013A/en
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW202144526A publication Critical patent/TW202144526A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09J133/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • C09J7/381Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA] based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/385Acrylic polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition which comprises: an acrylic polymer (A) including an aromatic-ring-containing monomer (m1) as monomer units; and an additive (HRO) that is an organic material having a higher refractive index than the acrylic polymer (A). Also provided is a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet including a pressure-sensitive adhesive formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.

Description

黏著劑組成物、黏著劑及黏著片Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet

本發明涉及黏著劑組成物、黏著劑及黏著片。 本申請案主張依據已於2020年3月24提申之日本專利申請案2020-052408號、已於2020年9月30日提申之日本專利申請案2020-166426號、及已於2021年3月23日提申之日本專利申請案2021-049059號的優先權,並將該等申請案之全部內容納入本說明書中作為參照。The present invention relates to an adhesive composition, an adhesive and an adhesive sheet. This application claims to rely on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-052408 filed on March 24, 2020, Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-166426 filed on September 30, 2020, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-166426 filed on March 2021 The priority of Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-049059 filed on March 23, and the entire contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference.

一般而言,黏著劑(亦稱壓敏接著劑,以下亦同)在室溫附近之溫度區域下呈現軟質固體(黏彈性體)之狀態,具有可藉由壓力簡單地接著於被黏著體之性質。而活用這種性質,黏著劑在從家電製品至汽車、各種機械、電氣機器、電子機器等各種產業領域中,於接合或固定、保護等之目的下被廣泛利用。作為黏著劑之用途之一例,可舉在液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等這類顯示裝置中,接合偏光薄膜、相位差薄膜、覆蓋窗構件、其他各種光透射性構件及其他構件之用途。有關光學構件用黏著劑之技術文獻可舉專利文獻1、2。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻Generally speaking, adhesives (also known as pressure-sensitive adhesives, the same below) exhibit a soft solid (viscoelastic) state at a temperature near room temperature, and have the ability to be easily adhered to the adherend by pressure. nature. Taking advantage of this property, adhesives are widely used for the purpose of bonding, fixing, and protection in various industrial fields ranging from home appliances to automobiles, various machinery, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment. An example of the application of the adhesive includes the application of bonding polarizing films, retardation films, cover window members, various other light-transmitting members, and other members in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices. Patent documents 1 and 2 are mentioned as technical documents about the adhesive for optical members. prior art literature Patent Literature

專利文獻1:日本專利申請案公開2014-169382號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利申請案公開2017-128732號公報Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-169382 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-128732

發明欲解決之課題 專利文獻1、2中提出了一種以(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物為主成分之黏著劑組成物、及使該黏著劑組成物交聯而成之黏著劑,且該(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物含有具有複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元。但,以專利文獻1、2記載之技術很難獲得折射率較上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物之折射率更高的黏著劑。另一方面,亦已知一種將由高折射率的無機材料構成之粒子(例如氧化鋯粒子或氧化鈦粒子等無機粒子)摻混於樹脂中來提升折射率的技術,但摻混有無機粒子的黏著劑因折射率與黏著特性(例如剝離強度、柔軟性等)處於抵換關係,故難以應用於黏著劑領域。以供於光學用途之黏著劑來說,亦有摻混無機粒子造成光學特性降低之疑慮。The problem to be solved by the invention Patent Documents 1 and 2 propose an adhesive composition containing a (meth)acrylate polymer as a main component, and an adhesive obtained by crosslinking the adhesive composition, and the (meth)acrylate The polymer contains a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit. However, with the techniques described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, it is difficult to obtain an adhesive having a refractive index higher than that of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate polymer. On the other hand, there is also known a technique for increasing the refractive index by mixing particles made of inorganic materials with high refractive index (for example, inorganic particles such as zirconia particles or titanium oxide particles) into resins to increase the refractive index. Adhesives are difficult to apply in the field of adhesives because the refractive index and adhesive properties (such as peel strength, flexibility, etc.) are in a trade-off relationship. In the case of adhesives for optical applications, there is also a concern that the optical properties may be lowered due to the incorporation of inorganic particles.

爰此,本發明之目的在於提供一種已藉由亦適於光學用途之手法使折射率提升之黏著劑。相關其他目的為提供一種可形成所述黏著劑之黏著劑組成物及包含該黏著劑之黏著片。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an adhesive whose refractive index has been raised by a method suitable for optical applications. Another related object is to provide an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive and an adhesive sheet comprising the adhesive.

用以解決課題之手段 根據本說明書提供之黏著劑組成物,包含:丙烯酸系聚合物(A),其包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為單體單元;與添加劑(HRO ),其係折射率較上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更高之有機材料。包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為單體單元的丙烯酸系聚合物(A)可成為折射率高者。在此揭示之黏著劑組成物,除了所述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)外,更包含折射率較該丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更高之有機材料的添加劑(HRO ),藉此可形成平衡兼顧藉由上述該添加劑(HRO )來提升折射率與抑制黏著特性降低的黏著劑。又,藉由上述添加劑(HRO ),可抑制光學特性(例如透射率、霧度等)之降低,同時可有效提升黏著劑之折射率。MEANS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM The adhesive composition provided according to this specification comprises: an acrylic polymer (A), which contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit; and an additive (H RO ), which is An organic material having a higher refractive index than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A). The acrylic polymer (A) containing the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit may be one having a high refractive index. The adhesive composition disclosed herein, in addition to the acrylic polymer (A), further comprises an organic material additive (H RO ) having a higher refractive index than the acrylic polymer (A), thereby forming An adhesive that balances the improvement of the refractive index and the suppression of the deterioration of the adhesive properties by the above-mentioned additive (H RO ). In addition, the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) can suppress the reduction of optical properties (eg, transmittance, haze, etc.), and at the same time, can effectively increase the refractive index of the adhesive.

在此揭示之技術(包含黏著劑組成物、黏著劑、黏著片及在其他形態下實施之技術;以下亦同)之數個理想態樣中,上述添加劑(HRO )之折射率例如可為大約1.60以上。藉由折射率較丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更高及折射率滿足大約1.60以上之有機材料的添加劑(HRO ),可有效提升黏著劑之折射率。In several ideal aspects of the technology disclosed herein (including adhesive compositions, adhesives, adhesive sheets and technologies implemented in other forms; the same applies hereinafter), the refractive index of the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) may be, for example, Above about 1.60. The refractive index of the adhesive can be effectively increased by the additive (H RO ) of an organic material whose refractive index is higher than that of the acrylic polymer (A) and whose refractive index satisfies about 1.60 or more.

在數個態樣中,上述添加劑(HRO )相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之含量例如大於0重量份且在60重量份以下。以所述含量包含添加劑(HRO )之黏著劑組成物,由於容易形成平衡兼顧藉由使用該添加劑(HRO )來提升折射率與抑制黏著特性及/或光學特性降低之黏著劑,故而為佳。In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) is, for example, greater than 0 parts by weight and not more than 60 parts by weight. The adhesive composition containing the additive (HRO ) in the stated content is easy to form an adhesive that balances the use of the additive ( HRO ) to increase the refractive index and suppress the decrease in the adhesive properties and/or the optical properties. good.

在數個態樣中,上述添加劑(HRO )包含選自於由含芳香環化合物及含雜環化合物所構成群組中之至少1種化合物。在此揭示之技術可適宜在使用所述化合物作為添加劑(HRO )之態樣下實施。In several aspects, the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring-containing compound and a heterocyclic ring-containing compound. The techniques disclosed herein may suitably be practiced in the context of using the compound as an additive ( HRO ).

在數個態樣中,上述添加劑(HRO )包含1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物。在此揭示之技術可適宜在使用所述化合物作為添加劑(HRO )之態樣下實施。上述1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物例如可為滿足下述至少一項之化合物: (i)包含2個非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構;及 (ii)包含2個芳香環已行縮合之結構。 在此揭示之技術可適宜在使用所述化合物作為添加劑(HRO )之態樣下實施。In several aspects, the said additive (H RO ) contains the compound which has two or more aromatic rings in 1 molecule. The techniques disclosed herein may suitably be practiced in the context of using the compound as an additive ( HRO ). The above-mentioned compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule can be, for example, a compound that satisfies at least one of the following: (i) a structure containing two non-condensed aromatic rings that are directly chemically bonded; and (ii) a structure containing two aromatic rings that have been The structure of row condensation. The techniques disclosed herein may suitably be practiced in the context of using the compound as an additive ( HRO ).

在數個態樣中,構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,上述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量為50重量%以上。藉由所述組成之單體成分構成的丙烯酸系聚合物(A)可成為折射率高者,因此適於作為在此揭示之技術中之丙烯酸系聚合物(A)。In some aspects, in the monomer component which comprises the said acrylic polymer (A), content of the said aromatic ring containing monomer (m1) is 50 weight% or more. The acrylic polymer (A) constituted by the monomer components of the above-mentioned composition can have a high refractive index, and thus is suitable as the acrylic polymer (A) in the technique disclosed herein.

在數個態樣中,構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,上述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量大於70重量%且小於100重量%。這種丙烯酸系聚合物(A)由於容易提高折射率,又容易形成黏著特性良好的黏著劑,故而為佳。In some aspects, in the monomer component which comprises the said acrylic polymer (A), content of the said aromatic ring containing monomer (m1) is more than 70 weight% and less than 100 weight%. Such an acrylic polymer (A) is preferable because it is easy to increase the refractive index, and it is easy to form an adhesive with good adhesive properties.

在數個態樣中,構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中所含上述含芳香環單體(m1)中,50重量%以上可為均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度為10℃以下的單體。藉此,即便增加上述單體成分中之含芳香環單體(m1)之含量,仍容易形成平衡兼顧高折射率與黏著特性之黏著劑。另,以下有將單體之均聚物的Tg表記為該單體之Tg之情形。In some aspects, the glass transition temperature at which 50% by weight or more of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) contained in the monomer component constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A) may be a homopolymer is 10° C. the following monomers. Thereby, even if the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the above-mentioned monomer component is increased, it is easy to form an adhesive that balances high refractive index and adhesive properties. In addition, in the following, the Tg of the homopolymer of a monomer may be represented as the Tg of the said monomer.

在數個理想態樣中,上述含芳香環單體(m1)包含1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之含芳香環單體(以下亦稱「含複數個芳香環之單體」)。藉由使用含複數個芳香環之單體可有效提升黏著劑之折射率。含芳香環單體(m1)可僅包含有1種含複數個芳香環之單體(例如均聚物之Tg為10℃以下之含複數個芳香環之單體),亦可組合2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體來包含。In some desirable aspects, the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) includes an aromatic ring-containing monomer having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer containing plural aromatic rings"). The refractive index of the adhesive can be effectively increased by using a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings. The aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) may contain only one monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings (for example, a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings whose Tg of a homopolymer is below 10°C), or a combination of two or more Included in monomers containing plural aromatic rings.

在數個理想態樣中,上述1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之單體包含具有2個芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構部分的單體。以具有所述結構部分之含複數個芳香環之單體來說,例如相較於該結構部分改為具有2個芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構部分(例如聯苯結構)的含複數個芳香環之單體,有均聚物之Tg較低之傾向。藉由含有所述結構之含複數個芳香環之單體的含芳香環單體(m1),可更平衡兼顧適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性與高折射率。In some desirable aspects, the monomer having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule includes a monomer having a structural portion in which two aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group. For a monomer having the structural moiety containing a plurality of aromatic rings, for example, compared to the structural moiety, it is changed to a structural moiety (such as a biphenyl structure) that has a direct chemical bond between two aromatic rings and a plurality of aromatic rings. Monomers tend to have lower Tg homopolymers. By the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) containing the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings of the structure, flexibility and high refractive index suitable for use as an adhesive can be more balanced.

在數個態樣中,構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分除了上述含芳香環單體(m1)外,可更含有具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者的單體(m2)。藉由由所述組成之單體成分構成的丙烯酸系聚合物(A),容易形成黏著特性良好的黏著劑。In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A) may further contain a monomer (m2) having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group in addition to the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1). . With the acrylic polymer (A) composed of the monomer components of the above-mentioned composition, it is easy to form an adhesive with good adhesive properties.

此外,以下有將含芳香環單體(m1)表記為「單體(m1)」之情形,且有將具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者的單體(m2)表記為「單體(m2)」之情形。In addition, in the following, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) may be expressed as "monomer (m1)", and the monomer (m2) having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group may be expressed as "monomer (m2)" )” situation.

在此揭示之黏著劑組成物可更包含交聯劑。藉由使用交聯劑,可賦予黏著劑適度之凝集性,提高黏著片之製造、加工、保存、對被黏著體之貼附等時之處理性。The adhesive compositions disclosed herein may further comprise a cross-linking agent. By using a cross-linking agent, the adhesive can be given a moderate cohesiveness, and the rationality of the adhesive sheet during manufacture, processing, storage, and adhesion to the adherend can be improved.

根據本說明書,可提供一種由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成的黏著劑。所述黏著劑除了上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)還包含上述添加劑(HRO ),藉此可成為抑制黏著特性及/或光學特性降低同時提升了折射率者。在理想之一態樣中,上述黏著劑之折射率例如可大於1.570(宜為1.575以上,較宜為1.580以上)。According to this specification, an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein can be provided. The adhesive contains the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) in addition to the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A), thereby suppressing the reduction of the adhesive properties and/or the optical properties while increasing the refractive index. In an ideal aspect, the refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive may be, for example, greater than 1.570 (preferably 1.575 or more, more preferably 1.580 or more).

根據本說明書可提供一種黏著片,其包含藉由黏著劑所構成之黏著劑層,且該黏著劑係由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑(例如折射率大於1.570、宜為1.575以上、較宜為1.580以上之黏著劑)。所述黏著片適宜在貼合於構件(例如光學構件)之態樣下使用。According to this specification, an adhesive sheet can be provided, which comprises an adhesive layer composed of an adhesive, and the adhesive is an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein (for example, the refractive index is greater than 1.570, preferably 1.575 or more, preferably 1.580 or more adhesive). The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is suitably used in a state of being attached to a member (for example, an optical member).

在此揭示之黏著片在數個態樣中,上述黏著劑層之霧度值為1.0%以下。具有如所述透明性高之黏著劑層的黏著片可適宜用於例如光學領域。In several aspects of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the haze value of the adhesive layer is 1.0% or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the above-mentioned high-transparency pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be suitably used, for example, in the optical field.

此外,適當組合本說明書所記載之各要素而成者亦可包含於藉由本件專利申請案尋求專利保護之發明範圍中。In addition, an appropriate combination of the various elements described in this specification can also be included in the scope of the invention for which patent protection is sought by this patent application.

以下說明本發明之理想實施形態。本說明書中未特別言及之事項以外且為本發明實施所需之情事,乃熟知此項技藝之人士可根據關於本說明書所載發明實施之教示及申請時之技術常識而理解。本發明得以根據本說明書中所揭示之內容及該領域之技術常識來實施。 此外,在以下圖式中,對於發揮相同作用之構件、部位有賦予相同符號來說明之情形,且重複之說明有省略或簡化之情形。又,圖式中記載之實施形態係為了清楚說明本發明而業經示意化,並非完全正確表示實際提供之製品的尺寸或比例尺。Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Matters not specifically mentioned in this specification that are required for the implementation of the present invention can be understood by those skilled in the art based on the teachings on the implementation of the invention described in this specification and the technical common sense at the time of application. The present invention can be implemented according to the contents disclosed in this specification and common technical knowledge in the field. In addition, in the following drawings, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the member and the part which perform the same function and it demonstrates, and the repeated description may abbreviate|omit or simplify. In addition, the embodiment described in the drawings is schematic for clearly explaining the present invention, and does not completely accurately represent the size or scale of the product actually provided.

本說明書中,自發光元件意指可藉由流通的電流值來控制發光亮度的發光元件。自發光元件可以單一體構成,亦可以集合體來構成。自發光元件之具體例包含發光二極體(LED)及有機EL,惟不受該等限定。在本說明書中提及發光裝置時,該發光裝置可包含所述自發光元件作為構成要素。在上述發光裝置之例中,還包含作為照明利用之光源模組裝置(例如面狀發光體模組)或形成有畫素之顯示裝置,惟不受該等限定。In this specification, a self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose light-emitting luminance can be controlled by the current value flowing therethrough. The self-luminous element may be configured as a single body or as an aggregate. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include light emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic ELs, but are not limited thereto. When referring to a light-emitting device in this specification, the light-emitting device may include the self-luminous element as a constituent element. In the above example of the light-emitting device, a light source module device (such as a planar light-emitting body module) used for illumination or a display device formed with pixels is also included, but not limited thereto.

在本說明書中,黏著劑之「基底聚合物」意指該黏著劑中所含橡膠狀聚合物之主成分,除此之外不作任何限定解釋。上述橡膠狀聚合物係指於室溫附近之溫度區域中展現橡膠彈性之聚合物。又,在本說明書中,「主成分」在未特別註記時,意指包含大於50重量%之成分。In this specification, the "base polymer" of the adhesive means the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive, and no limited explanation is given otherwise. The aforementioned rubbery polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubbery elasticity in a temperature region around room temperature. In addition, in this specification, the "main component" means containing more than 50 weight% of components unless it mentions in particular.

在本說明書中,「丙烯酸系聚合物」意指包含下述單體單元作為構成該聚合物之單體單元的聚合物:該單體單元係源自1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。以下,1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體亦稱「丙烯酸系單體」。因此,本說明書中之丙烯酸系聚合物係定義為包含源自丙烯酸系單體之單體單元的聚合物。丙烯酸系聚合物之典型例可舉可用於該聚合物之合成之總單體中丙烯酸系單體之比率大於50重量%(宜大於70重量%,例如大於90重量%)之聚合物。In the present specification, "acrylic polymer" means a polymer including, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from having at least 1 (methyl group) in 1 molecule Acryloyl monomer. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule is also referred to as an "acrylic monomer". Therefore, the acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer. A typical example of an acrylic polymer may be a polymer in which the ratio of acrylic monomer in the total monomers that can be used for the synthesis of the polymer is greater than 50% by weight (preferably greater than 70% by weight, eg, greater than 90% by weight).

又,在本說明書中「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係指總括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之意。同樣地,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係指總括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之意,而「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指總括丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸之意。因此,在此所提丙烯酸系單體之概念可包含具有丙烯醯基之單體(丙烯酸系單體)及具有甲基丙烯醯基之單體(甲基丙烯酸系單體)兩者。In addition, in this specification, a "(meth)acryloyl group" means an acryl group and a methacryloyl group in general. Similarly, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate collectively, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid collectively. Therefore, the concept of the acrylic monomer mentioned here may include both a monomer having an acryl group (acrylic monomer) and a monomer having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomer).

<黏著劑組成物> 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物只要為可形成包含丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之黏著劑(宜為包含丙烯酸系聚合物(A)作為基底聚合物之黏著劑)者即可,其形態無特別限定。上述黏著劑組成物例如可為下列各種形態:有機溶劑中包含黏著劑形成成分之形態的溶劑型黏著劑組成物、調製成可藉由紫外線或放射線等活性能量線硬化而形成黏著劑之活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物、黏著劑形成成分分散於水中之形態的水分散型黏著劑組成物、在加熱熔融狀態下塗敷且冷卻至室溫附近便可形成黏著劑的熱熔型黏著劑組成物等。<Adhesive composition> As long as the adhesive composition disclosed herein can form an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer (A) (preferably an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer (A) as a base polymer), its form is not particularly limited. limited. The above-mentioned adhesive composition can be, for example, in the following various forms: a solvent-based adhesive composition in the form of an adhesive-forming component contained in an organic solvent, an active energy prepared so as to be hardened by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive Wire-curable adhesive composition, water-dispersible adhesive composition in which the adhesive-forming components are dispersed in water, and hot-melt adhesive composition that forms an adhesive when applied in a heated and melted state and cooled to around room temperature things etc.

(丙烯酸系聚合物(A)) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物含有丙烯酸系聚合物(A),且該丙烯酸系聚合物(A)包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為單體單元。上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)係包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為構成該丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分的聚合物。在此,本說明書中所謂「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」,意指無論是以預先形成之聚合物(可為寡聚物)之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中、或是以未聚合單體之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中,皆會在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中構成丙烯酸系聚合物之重複單元的單體。亦即,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可在聚合物、未聚合物、部分聚合物之任一形態下包含於上述黏著劑組成物中。由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性等觀點來看,在數個態樣中宜為將單體成分之實質上全部(例如95重量%以上,宜為99重量%以上)以聚合物之形態包含的黏著劑組成物。將單體成分之實質上全部以聚合物之形態包含的黏著劑組成物,由容易形成少有應變或翹曲的黏著片之觀點來看亦佳。(acrylic polymer (A)) The adhesive composition disclosed herein contains an acrylic polymer (A), and the acrylic polymer (A) contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit. The said acrylic polymer (A) is a polymer which contains the aromatic ring containing monomer (m1) as a monomer component which comprises this acrylic polymer. Here, the term "monomer components constituting an acrylic polymer" in this specification means whether it is contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a pre-formed polymer (which may be an oligomer), or is not contained in the adhesive composition. The form of the polymerized monomer is included in the adhesive composition, and all of the monomers constitute the repeating unit of the acrylic polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component which comprises an acrylic polymer can be contained in the said adhesive composition in any form of a polymer, a non-polymer, and a partial polymer. From the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition, in several aspects, substantially all (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) of the monomer component is preferably contained in the form of a polymer. adhesive composition. An adhesive composition containing substantially all of the monomer components in the form of a polymer is also preferable from the viewpoint of easily forming an adhesive sheet with little strain or warpage.

(單體(m1)) 單體(m1)可使用1分子中包含至少1個芳香環與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(m1)可單獨使用1種所述化合物或組合2種以上來使用。(Single (m1)) As the monomer (m1), a compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule can be used. The monomer (m1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more of these compounds.

上述乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由柔軟性或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由抑制黏著劑之柔軟性降低之觀點來看,單體(m1)可適宜使用1分子中所含乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。As an example of the said ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group etc. are mentioned. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound (ie, a monofunctional monomer) having a number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the monomer (m1) can be suitably used.

可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物1分子中所含芳香環之數量可為1,亦可為2以上。單體(m1)所含芳香環之數量的上限無特別限制,例如可為16以下。在數個態樣中,由丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之調製容易性或黏著劑之透明性之觀點來看,上述芳香環之數量例如可為12以下,宜為8以下,較宜為6以下,可為5以下,可為4以下,可為3以下,亦可為2以下。The number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound that can be used as the monomer (m1) may be one, or two or more. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings contained in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 16 or less. In some aspects, the number of the above-mentioned aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6, from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the acrylic polymer (A) or the transparency of the adhesive. Hereinafter, 5 or less may be sufficient, 4 or less may be sufficient, 3 or less may be sufficient, and 2 or less may be sufficient.

可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物具有之芳香環可為例如苯環(可為構成聯苯結構或茀結構之一部分的苯環);萘環、茚環、薁環、蒽環、菲環之縮合環等之碳環;亦可為例如吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或種2以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。單體(m1)例如亦可如二萘并噻吩結構般,具有1或2個以上碳環與1或2個以上雜環已行縮合之結構。The compound which can be used as the monomer (m1) has an aromatic ring such as a benzene ring (which may be a benzene ring constituting a part of a biphenyl structure or a perylene structure); The carbocyclic ring such as the condensed ring, etc.; can also be, for example, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring azole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring and other heterocycles. The heteroatom contained as a ring constituent atom in the above-mentioned heterocycle may be, for example, one or two or more kinds selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In several aspects, the heteroatoms that make up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The monomer (m1) may have a structure in which 1 or more carbocycles and 1 or more heterocycles have been condensed like a dinaphthothiophene structure, for example.

上述芳香環(宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含碳原子數宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。此外,單體(m1)具有之芳香環於環構成原子上具有取代基,係指該芳香環具有具乙烯性不飽和基之取代基以外之取代基。The above-mentioned aromatic ring (preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one or more substituents on the atoms constituting the ring, or may not have a substituent. When having a substituent, the substituent may be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, and a glycidoxy group. basis, but not subject to such restrictions. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring having no substituents on the ring constituent atoms, or may have a ring constituent atom selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (eg, bromine) Atom) is an aromatic ring of 1 or 2 or more substituents in the group. Moreover, the aromatic ring which the monomer (m1) has has a substituent on a ring constituent atom means that this aromatic ring has a substituent other than the substituent which has an ethylenically unsaturated group.

芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基可直接鍵結,亦可隔著連結基來鍵結。上述連結基例如可為包含選自伸烷基、氧伸烷基、聚(氧伸烷基)基、苯基、烷基苯基、烷氧基苯基、該等基中之1或2個以上氫原子被羥基取代之結構的基團(例如羥伸烷基)、氧基(-O-基)、硫代氧基(-S-基)等中之1或2種以上結構的基團。在數個態樣中,可適宜採用芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基直接鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體、或隔著選自於由伸烷基、氧伸烷基及聚(氧伸烷基)基所構成群組中之連結基而鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體。上述伸烷基及上述氧伸烷基之碳原子數宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。上述聚(氧伸烷基)基中之氧伸烷基單元的重複數例如可為2~3。The aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be directly bonded or bonded via a linking group. The above-mentioned linking group, for example, may include 1 or 2 selected from alkylene, oxyalkylene, poly(oxyalkylene), phenyl, alkylphenyl, alkoxyphenyl, and these groups. Groups with one or more structures in which the above hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl groups (such as hydroxyalkylene groups), oxy groups (-O- groups), thiooxy groups (-S- groups), etc. . In several aspects, an aromatic ring-containing monomer having a structure in which an aromatic ring and an ethylenically unsaturated group are directly bonded, or an aromatic ring-containing monomer selected from the group consisting of alkylene, oxyalkylene, and poly(oxyalkylene) can be suitably used. Aromatic ring-containing monomer of a structure in which the linking group in the group constituted by the group is bonded. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, 1 or 2. The repeating number of the oxyalkylene unit in the above-mentioned poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2-3.

可適宜採用作為單體(m1)之化合物之例可舉含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物。含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物可分別單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可組合1種或2種以上含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯與1種或2種以上含芳香環乙烯基化合物來使用。Examples of the compound that can be suitably used as the monomer (m1) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds. The aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more. You may use it in combination of 1 type or 2 or more types of aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and 1 type or 2 or more types of aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m1)之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與黏著特性(例如剝離強度、柔軟性等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)之黏著劑層。在數個態樣中,上述單體成分中之單體(m1)之含量例如可為30重量%以上,且宜為50重量%以上,可為60重量%以上,亦可為70重量%以上。由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,在數個理想態樣中,上述單體(m1)之含量例如可大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為80重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之單體(m1)之含量的上限為100重量%。由平衡兼顧高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之觀點來看,上述單體(m1)之含量設為小於100重量%是有利的,例如宜為大約99重量%以下,較宜為98重量%以下,可為97重量%以下,亦可為96重量%以下。在數個態樣中,上述單體(m1)之含量可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在更重視黏著特性及/或光學特性之數個態樣中,上述單體成分中之上述單體(m1)之含量可為70重量%以下,可為60重量%以下,亦可為45重量%以下。The content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve both the desired refractive index and adhesive properties (eg peel strength, flexibility, etc.) and/or Or the adhesive layer of optical properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). In several aspects, the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component may be, for example, 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, or 70% by weight or more . From the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, in several ideal aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (m1) may be, for example, more than 70% by weight, may be more than 75% by weight, may be more than 80% by weight, and may be It may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m1) in the above-mentioned monomer component is 100% by weight. From the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index with adhesive properties and/or optical properties, it is advantageous to set the content of the above-mentioned monomer (m1) to be less than 100 wt %, for example, preferably about 99 wt % or less, more preferably 98 wt %. % by weight or less may be 97% by weight or less, or may be 96% by weight or less. In several aspects, the content of the monomer (m1) may be 93 wt % or less, 90 wt % or less, 80 wt % or less, or 75 wt % or less. In some aspects that place more emphasis on adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (m1) in the above-mentioned monomer component may be 70% by weight or less, 60% by weight or less, or 45% by weight. %the following.

在此揭示之技術之數個態樣中,由容易獲得較高的高折射率化效果來看,可適宜採用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體作為單體(m1)。1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之單體(以下亦稱「含複數個芳香環之單體」)之例可列舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的單體、具有縮合芳香環結構之單體、具有茀結構之單體、具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體等。含複數個芳香環之單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In several aspects of the technology disclosed herein, a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) in one molecule can be suitably used as the monomer in view of the ease of obtaining a higher refractive index enhancement effect. (m1). Examples of monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter also referred to as "monomers containing plural aromatic rings") include: Monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group. monomers, monomers with a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly (that is, not separated by other atoms) chemically bonded, monomers with a condensed aromatic ring structure, monomers with a perylene structure, and a dinaphthothiophene structure monomers, monomers with dibenzothiophene structure, etc. The monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述連結基可為例如氧基(-O-)、硫代氧基(-S-)、氧伸烷基(例如-O-(CH2 )n -基,在此n為1~3,且宜為1)、硫代氧基伸烷基(例如-S-(CH2 )n -基,在此n為1~3,且宜為1)、直鏈伸烷基(亦即-(CH2 )n -基,在此n為1~6,且宜為1~3)、上述氧伸烷基、上述硫代氧基伸烷基及上述直鏈伸烷基中之伸烷基已部分鹵化或完全鹵化之基團等。由黏著劑之柔軟性等觀點來看,上述連結基之適當例可舉氧基、硫代氧基、氧伸烷基及直鏈伸烷基。具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體之具體例可舉苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如間苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、硫代苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基苄酯等。The above-mentioned linking group can be, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (such as -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1-3, and It is preferably 1), a thiooxyalkylene group (such as -S-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, and is preferably 1), a straight-chain alkylene group (that is, -(CH 2 ) ) n -group, where n is 1 to 6, and is preferably 1 to 3), the alkylene in the above-mentioned oxyalkylene, the above-mentioned thiooxyalkylene and the above-mentioned straight-chain alkylene has been partially halogenated or Fully halogenated groups, etc. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, etc., suitable examples of the above-mentioned linking group include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a straight-chain alkylene group. Specific examples of the monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (for example, m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate) , thiophenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl benzyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體例如可為含聯苯結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含三苯基結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基之聯苯等。具體例可舉鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聯苯甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。The above-mentioned monomers with a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded can be, for example, (meth)acrylate containing biphenyl structure, (meth)acrylate containing triphenyl structure, and biphenyl containing vinyl group. Wait. Specific examples thereof include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體之例可舉含萘環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含蒽環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基萘、含乙烯基蒽等。具體例可舉:1-萘基甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(別名:1-萘甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、羥乙基化β-萘酚丙烯酸酯、2-萘乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-萘氧乙基丙烯酸酯、2-(4-甲氧基-1-萘氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl anthracene, and the like. Specific examples include: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (alias: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated β-naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthylethyl ( Meth)acrylate, 2-naphthoxyethylacrylate, 2-(4-methoxy-1-naphthyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

上述具有茀結構之單體的具體例可舉9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯、9,9-雙[4-(2-羥乙氧基)苯基]茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此外,具有茀結構之單體因包含2個苯環直接化學鍵結之結構部分,故包含在具有上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體的概念中。Specific examples of the monomers having the above-mentioned fluoride structure include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) fluoride (meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl ] Fluorine (meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, the monomer having a pyrene structure is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded because it includes a structural moiety in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded.

上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二萘并噻吩、含乙烯基之二萘并噻吩、含(甲基)烯丙基之二萘并噻吩等。具體例可舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH2 CH(R1 )C(O)OCH2 -之結構的化合物;此處,R1 為氫原子或甲基)、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH2 CH(R1 )C(O)OCH(CH3 )-或CH2 CH(R1 )C(O)OCH2 CH2 -之結構的化合物;此處,R1 為氫原子或甲基)、乙烯基二萘并噻吩(例如於萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有乙烯基之結構的化合物)、(甲基)烯丙氧基二萘并噻吩等。此外,具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體係藉由包含萘結構、還有具有噻吩環與2個萘結構已行縮合之結構,而亦包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。Examples of the monomer having the above-mentioned dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene. Specific examples include: (meth)acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 - A compound of the structure; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), (meth)acryloyloxyethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a CH is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring) 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH(CH 3 )- or CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 - structure; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group) , vinyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5-position or 6-position of the naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxydinaphthothiophene, and the like. In addition, the monomer system having a dinaphthothiophene structure is also included in the concept of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure by including a naphthalene structure and a structure having a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures that have been condensed .

上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二苯并噻吩、含乙烯基之二苯并噻吩等。此外,具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體由於具有噻吩環與2個苯環已行縮合之結構,而包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。 此外,二萘并噻吩結構及二苯并噻吩結構皆不屬於2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構。Examples of the monomer having the above-mentioned dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like. In addition, the monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure is included in the concept of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure because it has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings have been condensed. In addition, neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure belongs to a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

作為在此揭示之技術之單體(m1)亦可採用1分子中具有1個芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體。1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體例如有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性或調整黏著特性、提升透明性等。在數個態樣中,由提升黏著劑之折射率之觀點來看,1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體宜與含複數個芳香環之單體組合來使用。As the monomer (m1) of the technique disclosed here, a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably a carbocyclic ring) in one molecule can also be used. A monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule contributes to, for example, improving the flexibility of the adhesive, adjusting the adhesive properties, improving transparency, and the like. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of raising the refractive index of the adhesive, a monomer having one aromatic ring per molecule is preferably used in combination with a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings.

1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體之例可舉:(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、乙氧基化苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、2-羥-3-苯氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氯苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含碳芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;2-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-壬基苯基丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-十二基苯基丙烯酸酯等含溴取代芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁基苯乙烯等含碳芳香環之乙烯基化合物;N-乙烯吡啶、N-乙烯嘧啶、N-乙烯吡𠯤、N-乙烯吡咯、N-乙烯咪唑、N-乙烯基㗁唑等雜芳香環上具有乙烯基取代基之化合物等。Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxylated phenol (methyl) (meth)acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, cresyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Carbon-containing aromatic ring (meth)acrylates such as chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate; 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-tertiary butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-Dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl(meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-tertiarybutylphenoxy)hexyl ( Meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl(meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenylacrylate, 2 ,6-dibromo-4-dodecylphenyl acrylate and other bromine-substituted aromatic ring (meth)acrylates; styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butylstyrene, etc. Carboaromatic vinyl compounds; N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole and other heteroaromatic rings have vinyl substituents compounds, etc.

單體(m1)亦可使用如上述之各種含芳香環單體中之乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之結構的單體。如所述使乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之單體可視為原本單體的乙氧基化物。上述氧伸乙基鏈中之氧伸乙基單元(-CH2 CH2 O-)的重複數典型上為1~4,宜為1~3,較宜為1~2,且例如為1。經乙氧基化之含芳香環單體的具體例可舉:乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化壬苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化甲酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧乙酯、苯氧基二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。As the monomer (m1), a monomer having a structure in which an oxyethyl-extended chain is sandwiched between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in the above-mentioned various aromatic ring-containing monomers can also be used. As described above, a monomer in which an oxyethyl-extended chain is sandwiched between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring can be regarded as an ethoxylate of the original monomer. The repeating number of the oxyethylidene unit (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) in the above oxyethylidene chain is typically 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and for example, 1. Specific examples of ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include: ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated methyl Phenol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and the like.

單體(m1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體(m1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,且宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(m1)實質上亦可100重量%為含複數個芳香環之單體。亦即,單體(m1)亦可僅使用1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如考量到高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之平衡,單體(m1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到黏著特性及/或光學特性,單體(m1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(m1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用含複數個芳香環之單體。The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, and it is suitable It may be 70% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The monomer (m1) may be substantially 100% by weight of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (m1), only one type or two or more types of monomers containing plural aromatic rings may be used. In addition, in several aspects, for example, considering the balance between high refractive index and adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be It may be 98 wt % or less, 90 wt % or less, 80 wt % or less, or 65 wt % or less. In several aspects, in consideration of adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) may be 70 wt % or less, may be 50 wt % or less, may be 25% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even if the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings may not be used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與黏著特性(例如剝離強度、柔軟性等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)之黏著劑層。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,宜大於50重量%,可大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可為100重量%,惟由平衡兼顧高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之觀點來看,設為小於100重量%是有利的,宜設為大約99重量%以下,較宜為98重量%以下,可為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到黏著特性及/或光學特性,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve both desired refractive index and adhesive properties (such as peel strength, flexibility, etc. ) and/or an adhesive layer with optical properties (eg total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, greater than 35 wt %, preferably greater than 50 wt % %, may be greater than 70% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 75% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 85% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 90% by weight, or greater than or equal to 95% by weight. The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 100% by weight, but from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index and adhesive properties and/or optical properties, it is advantageous to set it to less than 100% by weight is preferably about 99 wt % or less, preferably 98 wt % or less, can be 96 wt % or less, can be 93 wt % or less, can be 90 wt % or less, can be 85 wt % or less, can be 80 wt % or less The weight % or less may be 75 weight % or less. In several aspects, considering the adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 70 wt % or less, 50 wt % or less, and 25 wt % or less. % by weight or less may be 15% by weight or less, or may be 5% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even in the state in which the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

在此揭示之技術之數個態樣中,作為單體(m1)之至少一部份宜可採用高折射率單體。在此,「高折射率單體」意指其折射率例如大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之單體。高折射率單體之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性之觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.900以下,可為1.800以下,亦可為1.700以下。高折射率單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 此外,單體之折射率係使用阿貝折射計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射計可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。In several aspects of the technology disclosed herein, a high refractive index monomer may preferably be employed as at least a portion of the monomer (m1). Here, the "high refractive index monomer" means a monomer whose refractive index is, for example, about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, and more preferably about 1.550 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the high-refractive-index monomer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or ease of compatibility with flexibility suitable for use as an adhesive, it is, for example, 3.000 or less, and may be 2.500 Hereinafter, it may be 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.800 or less, or 1.700 or less. A high refractive index monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, the refractive index of the monomer was measured under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C using an Abbe refractometer. The Abbe refractometer can use the type "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

上述高折射率單體可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(m1)之概念所含化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該折射率者。具體例可舉:間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.566,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、1-萘甲基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.595,均聚物之Tg:31℃)、乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚丙烯酸酯(氧伸乙基單元之重複數:1,折射率:1.578)、丙烯酸苄酯(折射率(nD20):1.519,均聚物之Tg:6℃)、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(折射率(nD20):1.517,均聚物之Tg:2℃)、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.510,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、6-丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTA,折射率:1.75)、6-甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTMA,折射率:1.726)、5-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(5EDNTA,折射率:1.786)、6-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(6EDNTA,折射率:1.722)、6-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(6VDNT,折射率:1.802)、5-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(縮寫:5VDNT,折射率:1.793)等,惟不受該等限定。The above-mentioned high-refractive-index monomers can be appropriately used from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above) having such a refractive index. Specific examples include: m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, Tg of homopolymer: -35°C), 1-naphthalene methacrylate (refractive index: 1.595, Tg of homopolymer: 31) ℃), ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (repetition number of oxyethylidene units: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, Tg of homopolymer: 6 ℃), phenoxyethyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.517, Tg of homopolymer: 2℃), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, Tg of homopolymer: -35 ℃), 6-acryloyloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.75), 6-methacrylooxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-propene Ethyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6-propenyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyldinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, Refractive index: 1.802), 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1.793), etc., but not limited thereto.

單體(m1)中之高折射率單體(亦即折射率為大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之含芳香環單體)之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,可為35重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,單體(m1)中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,且宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(m1)實質上亦可100重量%為高折射率單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如由平衡兼顧高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之觀點來看,單體(m1)中之高折射率單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到黏著特性及/或光學特性,單體(m1)中之高折射率單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體成分(m1)中之高折射率單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用高折射率單體。The content of the high-refractive-index monomer (that is, the aromatic-ring-containing monomer with a refractive index of about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, preferably about 1.550 or more) in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, for example, it can be 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50 wt % or more, preferably 70 wt % or more, or It may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The monomer (m1) may be substantially 100% by weight of the high refractive index monomer. In addition, in several aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index with adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100 wt %, and may be It may be 98 wt % or less, 90 wt % or less, 80 wt % or less, or 65 wt % or less. In several aspects, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be 70 wt % or less, may be 50 wt % or less, and may be 25 wt % in consideration of adhesive properties and/or optical properties Hereinafter, it may be 15% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even in a state where the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component (m1) is less than 5 wt %. It is also possible not to use a high refractive index monomer.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與黏著特性(例如剝離強度、柔軟性等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)之黏著劑層。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,宜大於50重量%,可大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量可為100重量%,惟由平衡兼顧高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之觀點來看,設為小於100重量%是有利的,宜設為99重量%以下,較宜為98重量%以下,可為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到黏著特性及/或光學特性,上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve both the desired refractive index and adhesive properties (such as peel strength, flexibility, etc.) and/or Or the adhesive layer of optical properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, greater than 35% by weight, preferably greater than 50% by weight, or It may be more than 70% by weight, 75% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 100% by weight, but from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index and adhesive properties and/or optical properties, it is advantageous to set it to less than 100% by weight. 99 wt % or less, preferably 98 wt % or less, 96 wt % or less, 93 wt % or less, 90 wt % or less, 85 wt % or less, 80 wt % or less, It may be 75% by weight or less. In several aspects, in consideration of adhesive properties and/or optical properties, the content of the high-refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be 70 wt % or less, 50 wt % or less, or 25 wt % or less , may be 15 wt % or less, or 5 wt % or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even in the state where the content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

在此揭示之技術之數個理想態樣中,作為單體(m1)之至少一部分係採用均聚物之Tg為10℃以下(宜為5℃以下或0℃以下,較宜為-10℃以下,更宜為-20℃以下,例如-25℃以下)之含芳香環單體(以下有表記為「單體L」之情形)。當增加單體成分中之含芳香環單體(m1)(尤其是相當於上述含複數個芳香環之單體及高折射率單體中之一者或兩者的含芳香環單體(m1))之含量時,有黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'大致會上升之傾向,但藉由採用單體L作為該單體(m1)之一部分或全部,可抑制儲存彈性模數G'之上升。藉此,可更良好地維持適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性,並可提升折射率。單體L之Tg的下限無特別限制。考量到與折射率提升效果之平衡,在數個態樣中,單體L之Tg例如可為-70℃以上,可為-55℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上。單體L可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In several desirable aspects of the technology disclosed herein, at least a part of the monomer (m1) is a homopolymer with a Tg of 10°C or less (preferably 5°C or less, or 0°C or less, preferably -10°C) Hereinafter, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (hereafter referred to as "monomer L") is more preferably -20°C or lower, for example, -25°C or lower. When increasing the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component (especially the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) corresponding to one or both of the above-mentioned monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings and high-refractive index monomers )), the storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive tends to increase substantially, but by using the monomer L as a part or all of the monomer (m1), the storage elastic modulus G' can be suppressed. rise. Thereby, the flexibility suitable as an adhesive can be maintained better, and the refractive index can be raised. The lower limit of the Tg of the monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the refractive index raising effect, in several aspects, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. The monomer L can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

單體L可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(m1)之概念所含化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該Tg者。可作為單體L使用之含芳香環單體之一適當例可舉間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)。其他一適當例可舉苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)。As the monomer L, one having the Tg can be appropriately used from among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) disclosed herein (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). A suitable example of the aromatic ring-containing monomer that can be used as the monomer L includes m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C). Another suitable example is phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C).

單體(m1)中之單體L之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體(m1)中之單體L之含量例如可為50重量%以上,可為60重量%以上,可為70重量%以上,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)實質上亦可100重量%為單體L。又,在數個態樣中,例如由平衡兼顧適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性與高折射率之觀點來看,單體(m1)中之單體L之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(m1)中之單體L之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用單體L。The content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50 wt It may be 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The monomer (A1) may be substantially the monomer L in 100% by weight. In addition, in several aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of balancing flexibility suitable for use as an adhesive and high refractive index, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be 98% by weight. % by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even in the state in which the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) is less than 5 wt %. Monomer L may not be used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可大於35重量%,可大於50重量%,可大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之單體L之含量可為100重量%,惟考量到高折射率與黏著特性及/或光學特性之平衡,設為小於100重量%是有利的,且宜為大約99重量%以下,較宜為98重量%以下,可為96重量%以下,可為95重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,上述單體成分中之單體L之含量可為70重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之單體L之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the monomer L in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer L in the monomer component may be, for example, greater than 35 wt %, and may be greater than 50 wt %, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining an adhesive with a higher level of high refractive index and flexibility. %, may be greater than 70% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 75% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 85% by weight, may be greater than or equal to 90% by weight, or greater than or equal to 95% by weight. The content of the monomer L in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 100% by weight, but considering the balance between high refractive index and adhesive properties and/or optical properties, it is advantageous to set it to less than 100% by weight, and preferably about 99% by weight % or less, preferably 98 wt % or less, 96 wt % or less, 95 wt % or less, 93 wt % or less, 90 wt % or less, 85 wt % or less, 80 wt % or less % or less, and may be 75% by weight or less. In several aspects, the content of the monomer L in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 70 wt % or less, 50 wt % or less, 25 wt % or less, 15 wt % or less, or 5 wt % or less. % by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be implemented even in the state where the content of the monomer L in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

在數個態樣中,由黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,根據單體(m1)之組成的玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 為大約20℃以下是有利的,宜為10℃以下(例如5℃以下),較宜為0℃以下,更宜為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,亦可為-25℃以下。玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 的下限無特別限制。考量到與折射率提升效果之平衡,在數個態樣中,玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 例如可為-70℃以上,可為-55℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上。在此揭示之技術即便在玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 為例如-40℃以上、-35℃以上、-33℃以上、-30℃以上或-25℃以上之態樣下仍可適宜實施。In several aspects, from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, it is advantageous for the glass transition temperature Tg m1 to be about 20°C or lower, preferably 10°C or lower (eg, 5°C), depending on the composition of the monomers (m1). below), preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower, may be -20°C or lower, or -25°C or lower. The lower limit of the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the refractive index raising effect, in several aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 may be, for example, -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. The technique disclosed herein can be suitably implemented even when the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is, for example, -40°C or higher, -35°C or higher, -33°C or higher, -30°C or higher, or -25°C or higher.

在此,根據單體(m1)之組成的玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 意指僅根據構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m1)的組成,藉由後述Fox式求得之Tg。玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 可僅將構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m1)作為對象來應用後述Fox式,並從作為單體(m1)使用之各含芳香環單體之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度與單體(m1)之合計量中各含芳香環單體所佔之重量分率來算出。在僅使用1種單體作為單體(m1)之態樣中,該單體之均聚物的Tg與玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1 一致。Here, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 according to the composition of the monomer (m1) means only the composition of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A), and is obtained by the following Fox formula the Tg. The glass transition temperature Tg m1 can be obtained by applying the below-described Fox formula only to the monomer (m1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A), and from each aromatic ring-containing monomer used as the monomer (m1). The glass transition temperature of the bulk homopolymer and the weight fraction of each aromatic ring-containing monomer in the total amount of monomers (m1) were calculated. In an aspect in which only one monomer is used as the monomer (m1), the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer corresponds to the glass transition temperature Tg m1 .

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(m1)可組合單體L(亦即為均聚物的Tg為10℃以下、且宜為5℃以下或0℃以下、較宜為-10℃以下、更宜為-20℃以下、例如-25℃以下之含芳香環單體)與Tg高於10℃之單體H來使用。單體H之Tg例如可高於10℃,可高於15℃,亦可高於20℃。藉由組合單體L與單體H來使用,例如在單體成分中之含芳香環單體(m1)之含量較多之構成中,可以更高水準兼顧黏著劑之高折射率與柔軟性。單體L與單體H之使用量比可設定成可適宜展現所述效果,並無特別限定。例如,宜將單體L與單體H之使用量比設定成可滿足上述任一玻璃轉移溫度Tgm1In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) can be combined with the monomer L (that is, the Tg of the homopolymer is 10°C or lower, preferably 5°C or lower, or 0°C or lower, preferably -10°C). ℃ or lower, more preferably -20 ℃ or lower, for example, -25 ℃ or less aromatic ring-containing monomer) and monomer H whose Tg is higher than 10 ℃ are used. The Tg of the monomer H may be higher than 10°C, higher than 15°C, or higher than 20°C, for example. By combining the monomer L and the monomer H, for example, in the composition with a large content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component, the high refractive index and flexibility of the adhesive can be taken into account at a higher level. . The usage-amount ratio of the monomer L and the monomer H can be set so that the effect can be appropriately exhibited, and is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferable to set the usage ratio of the monomer L to the monomer H so as to satisfy any one of the above-mentioned glass transition temperatures Tg m1 .

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(m1)可適宜自不含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構(例如聯苯結構)的化合物中選擇。例如,宜為藉由下述組成之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物:包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物之含量小於5重量%(較宜為小於3重量%,亦可為0重量%)。如所述限制包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物的使用量一事,由實現平衡兼顧柔軟性或黏著性與高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) can be suitably selected from compounds that do not contain a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded (eg, a biphenyl structure). For example, it is suitable to be an acrylic polymer composed of the following monomer components: the content of the compound containing a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (preferably less than 3% by weight, may also be 0% by weight). Limiting the amount of the compound containing two or more non-condensed aromatic rings that are directly chemically bonded as described above is advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing an adhesive that balances flexibility or adhesiveness with a high refractive index.

(單體(m2)) 在此揭示之技術之數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分除了上述單體(m1),可更含有單體(m2)。上述單體(m2)係相當於具有羥基之單體(含羥基單體)及具有羧基之單體(含羧基單體)中之至少一者的單體。上述含羥基單體係1分子內具有至少1個羥基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。上述含羧基單體係1分子內包含至少1個羧基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(m2)有助於用以將交聯點導入丙烯酸系聚合物(A)、或賦予黏著劑適度的凝集性。單體(m2)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。單體(m2)典型上為不含芳香環之單體。(Single (m2)) In some aspects of the technology disclosed herein, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may further contain a monomer (m2) in addition to the above-mentioned monomer (m1). The above-mentioned monomer (m2) is a monomer corresponding to at least one of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a carboxyl group-containing monomer (carboxyl group-containing monomer). The above-mentioned hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The monomer (m2) contributes to the introduction of a crosslinking point into the acrylic polymer (A), or to impart appropriate cohesiveness to the adhesive. A monomer (m2) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Monomer (m2) is typically a monomer that does not contain an aromatic ring.

單體(m2)具有之乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由柔軟性或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由抑制黏著劑之柔軟性降低之觀點來看,單體(m2)可適宜使用1分子中所含乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。As an example of the ethylenically unsaturated group which the monomer (m2) has, a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, etc. are mentioned. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound (ie, a monofunctional monomer) having a number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule can be suitably used as the monomer (m2).

含羥基單體之例可舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥月桂酯、(4-羥甲基環己基)甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯,惟不受該等限定。可適宜使用之含羥基單體之例可舉丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(Tg:-40℃)及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(Tg:-15℃)。由提升在室溫區域下中之柔軟性之觀點來看,以Tg更低之丙烯酸4-羥丁酯較佳。在理想之一態樣中,單體(m2)之50重量%以上(例如大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%)可為丙烯酸4-羥丁酯。含羥基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers include: 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxy (meth)acrylate Hexyl ester, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (methyl) ) acrylates and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates, but not limited thereto. Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer that can be suitably used include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility in the room temperature region, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate having a lower Tg is preferred. In an ideal aspect, more than 50 wt % (eg, greater than 50 wt %, greater than 70 wt %, or greater than 85 wt %) of the monomer (m2) may be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在使用含羥基單體作為單體(m2)之數個態樣中,上述含羥基單體可為選自不具甲基丙烯醯基之化合物中之1種或2種以上。不具甲基丙烯醯基之含羥基單體的適當例可舉上述各種丙烯酸羥烷基酯。例如,以作為單體(m2)使用之含羥基單體中大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%為丙烯酸羥烷基酯為佳。藉由使用丙烯酸羥烷基酯,可將有助於提供交聯點或賦予適度凝集性的羥基導入丙烯酸系聚合物(A),且相較於僅使用對應之甲基丙烯酸羥烷基之情況更容易獲得在室溫區域下之柔軟性或黏著性佳的黏著劑。In several aspects using a hydroxyl-containing monomer as a monomer (m2), the said hydroxyl-containing monomer may be 1 type or 2 or more types selected from the compound which does not have a methacryloyl group. Suitable examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer having no methacryloyl group include the aforementioned various hydroxyalkyl acrylates. For example, more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used as the monomer (m2) is preferably hydroxyalkyl acrylate. By using hydroxyalkyl acrylate, a hydroxyl group that contributes to providing a crosslinking point or imparting moderate cohesiveness can be introduced into the acrylic polymer (A), compared to the case of using only the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylate It is easier to obtain an adhesive with good softness or adhesion in the room temperature region.

含羧基單體之例除了(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羧乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羧戊酯等丙烯酸系單體外,還可舉伊康酸、馬來酸、延胡索酸、巴豆酸及異巴豆酸等,惟不受該等限定。可適宜使用之含羧基單體之例可舉例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸。含羧基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用含羥基單體與含羧基單體。In addition to acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers include itonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, Crotonic acid and isocrotonic acid, etc., but not limited thereto. Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers that can be suitably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The carboxyl group-containing monomer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer may be used in combination.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m2)之含量無特別限制,可按目的作設定。在數個態樣中,上述單體(m2)之含量例如可為0.01重量%以上、0.1重量%以上或0.5重量%以上。由獲得更高之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量宜設為1重量%以上,可設為2重量%以上,亦可設為4重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(m2)之含量的上限係設定成與單體(m1)之含量的合計不超過100重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(m2)之含量例如設為30重量%以下或25重量%以下是適當的,而由使單體(m1)之含量相對較多而容易高折射率化之觀點來看,宜設為20重量%以下,較宜設為15重量%以下,可小於12重量%,可小於10重量%,亦可小於7重量%。The content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (m2) may be, for example, 0.01 wt % or more, 0.1 wt % or more, or 0.5 wt % or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect, in several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) is preferably 1% by weight or more, may be 2% by weight or more, and may be 4% by weight. above. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component is set so that the total of the content of the monomer (m1) does not exceed 100% by weight. In some aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (m2) is suitable, for example, to be 30 wt % or less or 25 wt % or less, and it is easy to increase the refractive index by making the content of the monomer (m1) relatively large. From a viewpoint, it is preferably 20 wt % or less, more preferably 15 wt % or less, may be less than 12 wt %, may be less than 10 wt %, or may be less than 7 wt %.

在使用含羥基單體作為單體(m2)之態樣中,單體成分中之含羥基單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為0.01重量%以上(宜為0.1重量%以上,較宜為0.5重量%以上)。在數個態樣中,上述含羥基單體之含量宜設為上述單體成分的1重量%以上,可設為2重量%以上,亦可設為4重量%以上。單體成分中之含羥基單體之含量的上限係設定成與單體(m1)之含量的合計不超過100重量%,例如設為30重量%以下或25重量%以下是適當的,而由使單體(m1)之含量相對較多而容易高折射率化之觀點來看,宜設為20重量%以下,較宜設為15重量%以下,可小於12重量%,可小於10重量%,亦可小於7重量%。In the aspect of using the hydroxyl group-containing monomer as the monomer (m2), the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component is not particularly limited, for example, it may be 0.01% by weight or more (preferably 0.1% by weight or more, 0.5% by weight or more). In several aspects, the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is preferably 1 wt % or more of the monomer component, may be 2 wt % or more, and may be 4 wt % or more. The upper limit of the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component is set so that the total of the content of the monomer (m1) does not exceed 100% by weight. For example, it is appropriate to set it to 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of making the content of the monomer (m1) relatively large to easily increase the refractive index, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, may be less than 12% by weight, and may be less than 10% by weight , can also be less than 7% by weight.

在使用含羧基單體作為單體(m2)之態樣中,單體成分中之含羧基單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為0.01重量%以上(宜為0.1重量%以上,較宜為0.3重量%以上)。在數個態樣中,上述含羧基單體之含量可設為1重量%以上,可設為2重量%以上,亦可設為4重量%以上。單體成分中之含羧基單體之含量的上限係設定成與單體(m1)之使用量的合計不超過100重量%,例如設為30重量%以下或25重量%以下是適當的,而由使單體(m1)之含量相對較多而容易高折射率化之觀點來看,宜設為20重量%以下,較宜設為15重量%以下,可小於12重量%,亦可小於10重量%。在數個態樣中,由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,上述含羧基單體之含量設為小於7重量%是有利的,宜設為小於5重量%,可設為小於3重量%,可設為小於1重量%,亦可設為小於0.5重量%。在此揭示之技術例如可適宜在僅使用含羥基單體作為單體(m2)之態樣下實施,亦即在不使用含羧基單體之態樣下實施。In the aspect of using the carboxyl group-containing monomer as the monomer (m2), the content of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component is not particularly limited, for example, it may be 0.01% by weight or more (preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 0.3% by weight or more). In some aspects, the content of the carboxyl group-containing monomer may be 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 4% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component is set so that the total amount of the monomer (m1) does not exceed 100% by weight. For example, it is appropriate to set it to 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less, and From the viewpoint of making the content of the monomer (m1) relatively large to easily increase the refractive index, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, may be less than 12% by weight, or may be less than 10% by weight. weight%. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, it is advantageous to set the content of the carboxyl group-containing monomer to less than 7% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, and may be less than 3% by weight %, may be less than 1% by weight, or may be less than 0.5% by weight. The technique disclosed here can be suitably implemented, for example, in a state in which only a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used as the monomer (m2), that is, in a state in which a carboxyl group-containing monomer is not used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m1)與單體(m2)之合計含量例如可為31重量%以上,且宜為51重量%以上,可為61重量%以上,亦可為71重量%以上。在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中之單體(m1)與單體(m2)之合計含量由容易適宜發揮該等單體之效果之觀點來看,例如可為76重量%以上,宜為81重量%以上,可為86重量%以上,可為91重量%以上,可為96重量%以上,可為99重量%以上,亦可實質上為100重量%。The total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may be, for example, 31% by weight or more, preferably 51% by weight or more, and may be 61% by weight or more , may be 71% by weight or more. In some aspects, the total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is from the viewpoint that the effects of these monomers are easily exerted appropriately, For example, it may be 76 wt % or more, preferably 81 wt % or more, 86 wt % or more, 91 wt % or more, 96 wt % or more, 99 wt % or more, or substantially 100 wt % %.

(單體m3) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分亦可視需求包含有上述單體(m1)及上述單體(m2)以外之單體。所述任意成分之一例可舉(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下亦稱「單體(m3)」)。單體(m3)有助於調整黏著劑之柔軟性或改善在黏著劑內之相溶性。(single m3) The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may also contain monomers other than the above-mentioned monomer (m1) and the above-mentioned monomer (m2) as required. An example of the said arbitrary component is an alkyl (meth)acrylate (henceforth "monomer (m3)"). The monomer (m3) helps to adjust the flexibility of the adhesive or improve the compatibility within the adhesive.

單體(m3)可適宜使用於酯末端具有碳原子數1~20之(即C1-20 之)直鏈或支鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C1-20 烷基酯之具體例可舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十酯等,惟不受該等限定。The monomer (m3) can be suitably used for an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (ie, C 1-20) at the ester end. Specific examples of (meth)acrylate C 1-20 alkyl esters include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) isoamyl acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate , nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, ten (meth)acrylate Diester, Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate, Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Cetyl (meth)acrylate, Heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) octadecyl acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc., but not limited thereto.

在數個態樣中,單體(m3)之至少一部分可適宜採用均聚物之Tg為-20℃以下(較宜為-40℃以下,例如-50℃以下)之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。所述低Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之Tg的下限無特別限制,例如可為-85℃以上,可為-75℃以上,可為-65℃以上,亦可為-60℃以上。上述低Tg(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之具體例可舉丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)、丙烯酸異壬酯(iNA)等。In several aspects, at least a portion of the monomer (m3) may suitably be an alkane (meth)acrylate whose Tg of the homopolymer is below -20°C (preferably below -40°C, eg, below -50°C). base ester. The low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate helps to improve the softness of the adhesive. The lower limit of Tg of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher. Specific examples of the above-mentioned low Tg (meth)acrylate alkyl ester include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), isononyl acrylate (iNA), and the like.

在使用單體(m3)之數個態樣中,由柔軟性或黏著性等觀點來看,上述單體(m3)之至少一部分宜為丙烯酸烷基酯。例如,以單體(m3)中50重量%以上(較宜為75重量%以上,更宜為90重量%以上)為丙烯酸烷基酯為佳。亦可為作為單體(m3)僅使用1種或2種以上丙烯酸烷基酯且不使用甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之態樣。In some aspects using the monomer (m3), it is preferable that at least a part of the above-mentioned monomer (m3) is an alkyl acrylate from the viewpoint of flexibility, adhesiveness, and the like. For example, 50% by weight or more (preferably 75% by weight or more, more preferably 90% by weight or more) of the monomer (m3) is preferably an alkyl acrylate. As a monomer (m3), only 1 type or 2 or more types of alkyl acrylates may be used, and the aspect which does not use alkyl methacrylates may be sufficient.

在單體成分包含(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之態樣中,單體成分中之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量可設定成可適當發揮其使用效果。在數個態樣中,上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。在數個態樣中,上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量可為15重量%以上,可為30重量%以上,亦可為45重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(m3)之含量的上限係設定成與其他單體之含量的合計不超過100重量%,例如可小於50重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(m3)之含量例如可小於35重量%。一般而言,(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之折射率較低,因此為了高折射率化,限制單體成分中之單體(m3)之含量,使單體(m1)之含量相對較多是有利的。由所述觀點來看,單體(m3)之含量為單體成分之24重量%以下是有利的,宜小於23重量%,較宜小於20重量%,可小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。亦可實質上不使用單體(m3)。In the aspect in which the monomer component contains the alkyl (meth)acrylate, the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that its use effect can be appropriately exhibited. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1 wt % or more, 3 wt % or more, 5 wt % or more, or 8 wt % or more. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 15% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component is set so that the total of the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, for example, it may be less than 50% by weight. In several aspects, the content of the aforementioned monomer (m3) may be, for example, less than 35% by weight. Generally speaking, the refractive index of alkyl (meth)acrylate is low. Therefore, in order to increase the refractive index, the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component is limited and the content of the monomer (m1) is relatively large. is beneficial. From this point of view, it is advantageous that the content of the monomer (m3) is 24% by weight or less of the monomer components, preferably less than 23% by weight, more preferably less than 20% by weight, may be less than 17% by weight, may be less than 12% by weight %, may be less than 7% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, and may also be less than 1% by weight. The monomer (m3) may not be used substantially.

(其他單體) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分亦可視需求包含有上述單體(m1)、(m2)、(m3)以外之單體(以下稱作「其他單體」)。上述其他單體例如可為了調整丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之Tg、調整黏著性能、改善在黏著劑層內之相溶性等來使用。上述其他單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(other monomers) The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may also contain monomers other than the above-mentioned monomers (m1), (m2) and (m3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers") as required. The other monomers mentioned above can be used, for example, in order to adjust the Tg of the acrylic polymer (A), adjust the adhesive properties, improve the compatibility in the adhesive layer, and the like. These other monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述其他單體之例可舉具有羥基及羧基以外之官能基的單體(含官能基單體)。例如,可使黏著劑之凝集力或耐熱性提升之其他單體可舉含磺酸基單體、含磷酸基單體、含氰基單體等。又,作為可於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)中導入可成為交聯基點之官能基、或是可有助於提升剝離強度或改善在黏著劑層內之相溶性的單體,可舉含醯胺基單體(例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等)、含胺基單體(例如胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N,N-二甲基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)、具有含氮原子環之單體(例如N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎福林等)、含醯亞胺基單體、含環氧基單體、含酮基單體、含異氰酸酯基單體、含烷氧矽基單體等。此外,具有含氮原子環之單體中有例如像N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮般亦相當於含醯胺基單體之物。關於上述具有含氮原子環之單體與含胺基單體之關係亦同。As an example of the said other monomer, the monomer (functional group containing monomer) which has a functional group other than a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group is mentioned. For example, as other monomers which can improve the cohesive force or heat resistance of the adhesive, a sulfonic acid group-containing monomer, a phosphoric acid group-containing monomer, a cyano group-containing monomer, and the like can be mentioned. Moreover, as a monomer which can introduce a functional group which can become a crosslinking point in the acrylic polymer (A), or can contribute to the improvement of peeling strength or the compatibility in the adhesive layer, acyl group-containing monomers can be mentioned. Amine group monomers (such as (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amine group-containing monomers (such as amine ethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N- Dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), monomers with a nitrogen-containing ring (such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloyl morpholin, etc.) , Imide-containing monomers, epoxy-containing monomers, ketone-containing monomers, isocyanate-containing monomers, alkoxysilicon-containing monomers, etc. In addition, among the monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone is also equivalent to an amide group-containing monomer. The same applies to the relationship between the above-mentioned monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and an amine group-containing monomer.

上述含官能基單體外可使用之其他單體可舉:乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯酯系單體;(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯等含非芳香族性環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯、丁二烯、異丁烯等烯烴系單體;氯乙烯等含氯單體;甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含烷氧基單體;甲基乙烯基醚等乙烯基醚系單體等。在提升黏著劑之柔軟性等目的下使用之其他單體的一適當例可舉乙氧基乙氧基乙基丙烯酸酯(別名:乙基卡必醇丙烯酸酯,均聚物之Tg:-67℃)。Other monomers that can be used in addition to the above-mentioned functional group-containing monomers include: vinyl ester-based monomers such as vinyl acetate; (Meth)acrylate; Olefin-based monomers such as ethylene, butadiene, isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid Esters, ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate and other alkoxy-containing monomers; vinyl ether-based monomers such as methyl vinyl ether, etc. A suitable example of other monomers used for the purpose of improving the flexibility of the adhesive is ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (alias: ethyl carbitol acrylate, homopolymer Tg: -67 °C).

使用上述其他單體時,其使用量無特別限制,可在單體成分之合計量不超過100重量%之範圍內適當設定。在數個態樣中,由容易發揮使用單體(m1)所得折射率提升效果之觀點來看,單體成分中之上述其他單體之含量可設為例如大約35重量%以下,設為大約25重量%以下(例如0~25重量%)是適當的,可大約20重量%以下(例如0~20重量%),可大約10重量%以下,可大約5重量%以下,亦可為大約1重量%以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在單體成分實質上不含上述其他單體之態樣下實施。When the above-mentioned other monomers are used, the usage amount thereof is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within the range that the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned other monomers in the monomer component may be, for example, about 35% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of easily exerting the refractive index raising effect obtained by using the monomer (m1). 25 wt % or less (eg, 0 to 25 wt %) is suitable, about 20 wt % or less (eg, 0 to 20 wt %), about 10 wt % or less, about 5 wt % or less, or about 1 wt % or less % by weight or less. The techniques disclosed herein may suitably be implemented in a state where the monomer component is substantially free of the other monomers described above.

在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分可為含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量經抑制在預定以下之組成。單體成分中之含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量例如可小於5重量%,可小於3重量%,可小於1重量%,亦可小於0.5重量%。如所述限制含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量一事,由實現平衡兼顧柔軟性或黏著性與高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)的單體成分亦可為不含含甲基丙烯醯基單體之組成(例如僅由含丙烯醯基單體構成之組成)。In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may be a composition in which the use amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer is kept below a predetermined level. The use amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, may be less than 1% by weight, or may be less than 0.5% by weight. Limiting the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer to be used as described above is advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing an adhesive that balances flexibility or tackiness with a high refractive index. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) may be a composition that does not contain a methacryloyl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition that is composed of only an acryl group-containing monomer).

在數個態樣中,由抑制黏著劑之著色或變色(例如黃變)之觀點來看,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中含羧基單體之使用量宜業經限制。單體成分中之含羧基單體之使用量例如可小於1重量%,宜小於0.5重量%,較宜小於0.3重量%,可小於0.1重量%,亦可小於0.05重量%。如所述含羧基單體之使用量被限制一事,由抑制可接觸或與在此揭示之黏著劑鄰近配置的金屬材料(例如可存在於被黏著體上之金屬配線或金屬膜等)之腐蝕之觀點來看亦有利。在此揭示之技術可適宜在上述單體成分不含含羧基單體之態樣下實施。 基於同樣理由,在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中具有酸性官能基(除羧基以外,還包含磺酸基、磷酸基等)之單體之使用量宜業經限制。所述態樣之單體成分中之含酸性官能基單體之使用量可應用上述含羧基單體之理想使用量。在此揭示之技術可適宜在上述單體成分不含含酸性基單體之態樣(亦即丙烯酸系聚合物(A)為無酸之態樣)下實施。In several aspects, from the viewpoint of inhibiting coloration or discoloration (eg, yellowing) of the adhesive, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is preferably limited. The use amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, preferably less than 0.5% by weight, preferably less than 0.3% by weight, may be less than 0.1% by weight, or may be less than 0.05% by weight. If the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer is limited, corrosion of metal materials (such as metal wiring or metal films that may be present on the adherend) that can be in contact with or disposed adjacent to the adhesive disclosed herein is inhibited by inhibiting corrosion It is also beneficial from a point of view. The techniques disclosed herein can be suitably implemented in a state in which the above-mentioned monomer components do not contain a carboxyl group-containing monomer. For the same reason, in several aspects, the use amount of the monomer having an acidic functional group (including a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. in addition to the carboxyl group) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A) is appropriate Industry restrictions. The use amount of the acid functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the aspect can be applied to the above-mentioned ideal use amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer. The technique disclosed herein can be suitably implemented in a state in which the above-mentioned monomer components do not contain an acid group-containing monomer (that is, in a state in which the acrylic polymer (A) is acid-free).

(玻璃轉移溫度TgT ) 在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,根據構成該單體成分之組成的玻璃轉移溫度TgT 為大約20℃以下是適當的,宜大約10℃以下,較宜為0℃以下,可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,可為-25℃以下,可為-28℃以下,亦可為-30℃以下。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,玻璃轉移溫度TgT 低是有利的。又,玻璃轉移溫度TgT 例如可為-60℃以上,而由容易進行黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,宜為-50℃以上,較宜高於-45℃,可高於-40℃,可高於-35℃,可高於-25℃,可為-15℃以上,亦可為-5℃以上。(Glass Transition Temperature Tg T ) In some aspects, among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A), it is appropriate that the glass transition temperature Tg T of the monomer components is about 20° C. or lower depending on the composition of the monomer components , preferably below about 10°C, preferably below 0°C, below -10°C, below -20°C, below -25°C, below -28°C, and below -30°C. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, it is advantageous that the glass transition temperature Tg T is low. In addition, the glass transition temperature Tg T may be, for example, -60°C or higher, but from the viewpoint of easily increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, it is preferably -50°C or higher, more preferably higher than -45°C, and may be higher than - 40°C, higher than -35°C, higher than -25°C, higher than -15°C, or higher than -5°C.

在此,玻璃轉移溫度TgT 在未特別記載的情況下,意指根據上述單體成分的組成藉由Fox式求得之玻璃轉移溫度。Fox式如以下所示,係共聚物之Tg與構成該共聚物之單體各自均聚合後之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tgi的關係式。 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) 在上述Fox式中,Tg表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K),Wi表示該共聚物中之單體i的重量分率(重量基準之共聚比率),Tgi表示單體i之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K)。 關於使用於Tg之計算之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度,係使用「Polymer Handbook」(第3版,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)等公知資料中記載之值。關於上述Polymer Handbook中記載之複數種值的單體,係採用最高之值。公知資料中未記載均聚物之Tg時,係使用藉由日本專利申請案公開2007-51271號公報中記載之測定方法所得之值。Here, the glass transition temperature Tg T means the glass transition temperature obtained by the Fox formula from the composition of the above-mentioned monomer components, unless otherwise specified. As shown below, Fox's formula is a relational formula between the Tg of the copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of the homopolymer after each of the monomers constituting the copolymer is homopolymerized. 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) In the above formula of Fox, Tg represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), and Wi represents the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (the copolymerization ratio based on weight). ), Tgi represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer of monomer i. As for the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for the calculation of Tg, the value described in known data such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) was used. Regarding the monomers with a plurality of values described in the above-mentioned Polymer Handbook, the highest value is used. When the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in the known data, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-51271 is used.

(丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之調製方法) 在此揭示之技術中,獲得藉由如所述之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物(A)的方法無特別限定,可適當採用溶液聚合法、乳化聚合法、整體聚合法、懸浮聚合法、光聚合法等之作為丙烯酸系聚合物之合成手法而眾所周知的各種聚合方法。例如,可適宜採用溶液聚合法。進行溶液聚合時之聚合溫度可因應使用之單體及溶劑之種類、聚合引發劑之種類等適當選擇,例如可設為20℃~170℃左右(典型上為40℃~140℃左右)。(Preparation method of acrylic polymer (A)) In the technique disclosed herein, the method for obtaining the acrylic polymer (A) composed of the above-mentioned monomer components is not particularly limited, and a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, and a suspension polymerization method can be appropriately used Various polymerization methods, such as photopolymerization methods, are well known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers. For example, a solution polymerization method can be suitably used. The polymerization temperature during solution polymerization can be appropriately selected according to the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc., for example, it can be set to about 20°C to 170°C (typically, about 40°C to 140°C).

溶液聚合所用溶劑(聚合溶劑)可從以往公知之有機溶劑適當選擇。例如,可使用選自下述中之任1種溶劑或2種以上之混合溶劑:甲苯等芳香族化合物類(典型上為芳香族烴類);乙酸乙酯等乙酸酯類;己烷或環己烷等脂肪族或脂環式烴類;1,2-二氯乙烷等鹵烷類;異丙醇等低級醇類(例如碳原子數1~4之一元醇類);三級丁基甲基醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮等酮類等。The solvent (polymerization solvent) used for the solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more selected from the following can be used: aromatic compounds (typically aromatic hydrocarbons) such as toluene; acetates such as ethyl acetate; hexane or cyclohexane Aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane; haloalkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropanol (such as monohydric alcohols with 1 to 4 carbon atoms); tertiary butyl methyl Ethers such as ethers; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, etc.

聚合所用之引發劑可因應聚合方法之種類從公知之聚合引發劑適當選擇。例如可適宜使用2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)等偶氮系聚合引發劑之1種或2種以上。作為聚合引發劑之其他例可舉:過硫酸鉀等過硫酸鹽;苯甲醯基過氧化物、過氧化氫等過氧化物系引發劑;苯基取代乙烷等取代乙烷系引發劑;芳香族羰基化合物等。聚合引發劑之又其他例可舉過氧化物與還原劑組合而成之氧還系引發劑。聚合引發劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。聚合引發劑之使用量為通常之使用量即可,例如可相對於單體成分100重量份自大約0.005~1重量份左右(典型上為大約0.01~1重量份左右)之範圍內選擇。The initiator used for the polymerization can be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators according to the type of the polymerization method. For example, one type or two or more types of azo-based polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be suitably used. Other examples of polymerization initiators include: persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; Aromatic carbonyl compounds, etc. Still another example of the polymerization initiator may be a redox-based initiator in which a peroxide and a reducing agent are combined. A polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage-amount of a polymerization initiator may be the usual usage-amount, for example, it can select from the range of about 0.005-1 weight part (typically about 0.01-1 weight part) with respect to 100 weight part of monomer components.

上述聚合中可因應需要使用以往公知之各種鏈轉移劑。例如可使用正十二基硫醇、三級十二基硫醇、硫代乙醇酸、α-硫甘油等硫醇類。或者,亦可使用不含硫原子之鏈轉移劑(非硫系鏈轉移劑)。非硫系鏈轉移劑之例可舉N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等苯胺類;α-蒎烯、萜品油烯等類萜類;α-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等之苯乙烯類等。鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。使用鏈轉移劑時之使用量相對於單體原料100重量份,例如可設為大約0.01~1重量份左右。In the above-mentioned polymerization, various chain transfer agents known in the past can be used as necessary. For example, thiols such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, tertiary dodecyl mercaptan, thioglycolic acid, and α-thioglycerol can be used. Alternatively, chain transfer agents containing no sulfur atoms (non-sulfur-tethered chain transfer agents) may also be used. Examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylbenzene Styrenics such as ethylene, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc. A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When a chain transfer agent is used, the usage-amount can be about 0.01-1 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of monomer raw materials, for example.

上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之重量平均分子量(Mw)無特別限定,可為例如大約10×104 ~500×104 之範圍。由黏著性能之觀點來看,丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之Mw宜在大約20×104 ~400×104 (較宜為大約30×104 ~150×104 ,例如大約50×104 ~130×104 )之範圍內。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the said acrylic polymer (A) is not specifically limited, For example, it may be the range of about 10*10<4>-500*10<4> . From the viewpoint of adhesive properties, the Mw of the acrylic polymer (A) is preferably about 20×10 4 to 400×10 4 (preferably about 30×10 4 to 150×10 4 , for example, about 50×10 4 ). ~130×10 4 ) range.

在此,丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之Mw可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)換算成聚苯乙烯而求得。具體上,可使用商品名「HLC-8220GPC」(Tosoh公司製)作為GPC測定裝置,以下述條件測定來求得。 [GPC之測定條件] 試樣濃度:0.2重量%(四氫呋喃溶液) 試樣注入量:10µL 溶析液:四氫呋喃(THF) 流量(流速):0.6mL/分鐘 管柱溫度(測定溫度):40℃ 管柱: 試樣管柱:商品名「TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H」1支+商品名「TSKgel SuperHZM-H」2支」(Tosoh公司製) 參考管柱:商品名「TSKgel SuperH-RC」1支(Tosoh公司製) 檢測器:示差折射計(RI) 標準試料:聚苯乙烯Here, the Mw of the acrylic polymer (A) can be obtained by converting it into polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, it can be obtained by measuring under the following conditions using a trade name "HLC-8220GPC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) as a GPC measuring device. [Measurement conditions of GPC] Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (tetrahydrofuran solution) Sample injection volume: 10µL Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Flow (flow rate): 0.6mL/min Column temperature (measurement temperature): 40°C String: Sample column: 1 trade name "TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H" + 2 trade name "TSKgel SuperHZM-H" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Reference column: 1 piece of trade name "TSKgel SuperH-RC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI) Standard sample: polystyrene

(添加劑(HRO )) 作為在此揭示之技術中之添加劑(HRO ),可在與上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之相對關係下使用更高折射率的有機材料。在此,上述「HRO 」係表示高折射率(High Refractive index)之有機材料(Organic material)。藉由組合所述添加劑(HRO )與丙烯酸系聚合物(A)來使用,可實現可適宜兼顧折射率與黏著特性(剝離強度、柔軟性等)及/或光學特性(全光線透射率、霧度值等)之黏著劑。可作為添加劑(HRO )使用之有機材料可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,可具有聚合性官能基,亦可不具聚合性官能基。添加劑劑(HRO )可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(Additives (H RO)) as the technique disclosed herein of the additive (H RO), a higher refractive index may be used an organic material at a relative relationship with the acrylic polymer (A) of. Here, the above-mentioned “H RO ” means an organic material with a high refractive index (High Refractive index). By using the additive (H RO ) in combination with the acrylic polymer (A), it is possible to achieve a suitable balance between refractive index and adhesive properties (peel strength, flexibility, etc.) and/or optical properties (total light transmittance, Haze value, etc.) adhesive. The organic material that can be used as the additive (H RO ) can be a polymer or a non-polymer. Moreover, it may have a polymerizable functional group, and may not have a polymerizable functional group. The additives (H RO ) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

添加劑(HRO )之折射率可在與丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之折射率的相對關係下設定為適當的範圍,因此不受特定範圍所限。添加劑(HRO )之折射率例如大於1.55、大於1.56或大於1.57,且可自較丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之折射率更高之範圍中選擇。由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(HRO )之折射率為1.58以上是有利的,且宜為1.60以上,較宜為1.63以上,可為1.65以上,可為1.70以上,亦可為1.75以上。藉由折射率較高之添加劑(HRO ),即便藉由使用較少量之添加劑(HRO )仍可達成目標折射率。此事由抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看實為理想。添加劑(HRO )之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由在黏著劑內之相溶性、高折射率化與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性等觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.950以下,可為1.900以下,亦可為1.850以下。 此外,添加劑(HRO )之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) can be set to an appropriate range in the relative relationship with the refractive index of the acrylic polymer (A), so it is not limited to a specific range. The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is, for example, greater than 1.55, greater than 1.56, or greater than 1.57, and can be selected from a range higher than the refractive index of the acrylic polymer (A). From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, in several aspects, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is advantageously 1.58 or more, preferably 1.60 or more, more preferably 1.63 or more, and may be 1.65. The above may be 1.70 or more, or 1.75 or more. With a higher refractive index additive (H RO ), the target refractive index can be achieved even by using a smaller amount of additive (H RO ). This is ideal from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction in adhesion properties or optical properties. The upper limit of the refractive index of the additive ( HRO ) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoints of compatibility in the adhesive, high refractive index, and ease of compatibility of flexibility suitable for use as an adhesive, for example, it is 3.000 or less, It may be 2.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.950 or less, 1.900 or less, or 1.850 or less. In addition, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) was measured under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. using an Abbe refractometer in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

添加劑(HRO )之折射率nb 與丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之折射率na 之差、亦即nb -na (以下亦稱「ΔnA 」)係設定為大於0。在數個態樣中,ΔnA 例如為0.02以上,可為0.05以上,可為0.07以上,可為0.10以上,可為0.15以上,亦可為0.20以上或0.25以上。藉由以使ΔnA 變更大之方式來選擇丙烯酸系聚合物(A)及添加劑(HRO ),使用添加劑(HRO )來提升折射率之效果有變高之傾向。又,由添加劑(HRO )在黏著劑層內之相溶性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,ΔnA 例如可為0.70以下,可為0.60以下,可為0.50以下,亦可為0.40以下或0.35以下。Refractive index additives (H RO) n B and the acrylic polymer (A) of a difference of n, i.e. n b -n a (hereinafter known as "Δn A") is set to be greater than zero. In several aspects, Δn A may be, for example, 0.02 or more, 0.05 or more, 0.07 or more, 0.10 or more, 0.15 or more, 0.20 or more, or 0.25 or more. By selecting the acrylic polymer (A) and the additive (H RO ) so as to increase Δn A , the effect of increasing the refractive index using the additive (H RO ) tends to increase. In addition, from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the additive (H RO ) in the adhesive layer, in several aspects, Δn A may be, for example, 0.70 or less, 0.60 or less, 0.50 or less, or 0.40. below or below 0.35.

在數個態樣中,添加劑(HRO )之折射率nb 與包含該添加劑(HRO )之黏著劑層之折射率nT 之差、亦即nb -nT (以下亦稱「ΔnB 」)係設定為大於0。在數個態樣中,ΔnB 例如為0.02以上,可為0.05以上,可為0.07以上,可為0.10以上,可為0.15以上,亦可為0.20以上或0.25以上。藉由以使ΔnB 變更大之方式來選擇黏著劑層之組成及添加劑(HRO ),使用添加劑(HRO )來提升折射率之效果有變高之傾向。又,由在黏著劑層內之相溶性或黏著劑層之透明性等觀點來看,在數個態樣中,ΔnB 例如可為0.70以下,可為0.60以下,可為0.50以下,亦可為0.40以下或0.35以下。In several aspects , the difference between the refractive index n b of the additive (H RO ) and the refractive index n T of the adhesive layer comprising the additive (H RO ), that is, n b −n T (hereinafter also referred to as “Δn B ”) is set to be greater than 0. In several aspects, Δn B may be, for example, 0.02 or more, 0.05 or more, 0.07 or more, 0.10 or more, 0.15 or more, 0.20 or more, or 0.25 or more. By selecting the composition of the adhesive layer and the additive (H RO ) so as to increase Δn B , the effect of increasing the refractive index using the additive (H RO ) tends to increase. In addition, from the viewpoints of compatibility in the adhesive layer, transparency of the adhesive layer, etc., in several aspects, Δn B may be, for example, 0.70 or less, 0.60 or less, 0.50 or less, or may be is 0.40 or less or 0.35 or less.

作為添加劑(HRO )使用之有機材料的分子量無特別限定,可按目的作選擇。由平衡兼顧高折射率化之效果與其他特性(例如適於黏著劑之柔軟性、霧度等光學特性)之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(HRO )之分子量為大約小於10000是適當的,宜小於5000,較宜小於3000(例如小於1000),可小於800,可小於600,可小於500,亦可小於400。添加劑(HRO )之分子量不過大一事由提升在黏著劑層內之相溶性之觀點來看是有利的。又,添加劑(HRO )之分子量例如可為130以上,亦可為150以上。在數個態樣中,由該添加劑(HRO )之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(HRO )之分子量宜為170以上,較宜為200以上,可為230以上,可為250以上,可為270以上,可為500以上,可為1000以上,亦可為2000以上。在數個態樣中,可將分子量為1000~10000左右(例如1000以上且小於5000)之聚合物作為添加劑(HRO )來使用。 添加劑(HRO )之分子量可使用針對非聚合物或低聚合度(例如2~5聚物左右)之聚合物依據化學結構算出之分子量、或使用基質輔助雷射脫附游離飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)所得之測定值。添加劑(HRO )為聚合度更高之聚合物時,可使用根據以適當條件進行之GPC的重量平均分子量(Mw)。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。The molecular weight of the organic material used as the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose. In several aspects, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is about less than 10000 is suitable, preferably less than 5000, more preferably less than 3000 (eg less than 1000), may be less than 800, may be less than 600, may be less than 500, and may be less than 400. The fact that the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is not too large is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive layer. Moreover, the molecular weight of an additive (H RO ) may be 130 or more, for example, and 150 or more may be sufficient as it. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (H RO ), the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, may be 230 or more, and may be 250 or more More than 270 may be sufficient, 500 or more may be sufficient, 1000 or more may be sufficient, and 2000 or more may be sufficient. In several aspects, a polymer having a molecular weight of about 1,000 to 10,000 (eg, 1,000 or more and less than 5,000) can be used as an additive (H RO ). The molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) can be calculated based on the chemical structure of polymers with non-polymer or low degree of polymerization (such as about 2-5 polymers), or by matrix-assisted laser desorption free time-of-flight mass analysis The measured value obtained by the method (MALDI-TOF-MS). When the additive (H RO ) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When there is a nominal value of molecular weight provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

可成為添加劑(HRO )之選項的有機材料之例包含具有芳香環之有機化合物、具有雜環(可為芳香環,亦可為非芳香族性雜環)之有機化合物等,惟不受該等限定。Examples of organic materials that can be an option for the additive (H RO ) include organic compounds having an aromatic ring, organic compounds having a heterocyclic ring (which may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring), etc. etc. limited.

可作為添加劑(HRO )使用之上述具有芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含芳香環化合物」)所具有之芳香環,可自與可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物所具有之芳香環相同之物來選擇。The aromatic ring possessed by the above-mentioned organic compound having an aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring-containing compound") that can be used as an additive (H RO ) can be derived from the aroma possessed by the compound that can be used as a monomer (m1). Ring the same thing to choose.

上述芳香環可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含碳原子數例如為1~10,1~6為有利,宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。The said aromatic ring may have 1 or 2 or more substituents on a ring constituent atom, and may not have a substituent. When having a substituent, the substituent may be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, and a glycidoxy group. basis, but not subject to such restrictions. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is, for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring having no substituents on the ring constituent atoms, or may have a ring constituent atom selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (eg, bromine) Atom) is an aromatic ring of 1 or 2 or more substituents in the group.

作為可作為添加劑(HRO )使用之含芳香環化合物之例可舉例如:可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物;包含可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物作為單體單元的寡聚物;從可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物中去除具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團(可為鍵結於環構成原子之取代基)或該基團中構成乙烯性不飽和基之部分且取代成氫原子或不具乙烯性不飽和基之基團(例如羥基、胺基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、羥烷基、羥烷氧基、環氧丙氧基等)之結構的化合物等,惟不受該等限定。可作為添加劑(HRO )使用之含芳香環化合物的非限定具體例中可包含:丙烯酸苄酯、間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯、2-(鄰苯基苯氧基)乙基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯、苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯、2-羥-3-苯氧基丙基丙烯酸酯、上述具有茀結構之單體、具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體等含芳香環單體;3-苯氧基苯甲醇、二萘并噻吩及其衍生物(例如於二萘并噻吩環上鍵結有1或2個以上選自羥基、甲醇基、二乙醇基及環氧丙基等中之1種或2種以上取代基之結構的化合物)等不具乙烯性不飽和基之含芳香環化合物等。又,含芳香環化合物可為包含所述含芳香環單體作為單體單元之寡聚物(宜為分子量大約5000以下、較宜為大約1000以下之寡聚物;例如為2~5聚物左右之低聚合物)。上述寡聚物例如可為:含芳香環單體的均聚物;1種或2種以上含芳香環單體的共聚物;1種或2種以上含芳香環單體與其他單體的共聚物等。上述其他單體可使用不具芳香環之單體之1種或2種以上。Examples of the aromatic ring-containing compound usable as the additive (H RO ) include: a compound usable as a monomer (m1); an oligomer including a compound usable as a monomer (m1) as a monomer unit ; Removal of a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bound to a ring constituent atom) or a portion of the group constituting an ethylenically unsaturated group from the compound that can be used as a monomer (m1) and Substituted into a hydrogen atom or a group without an ethylenically unsaturated group (such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, a glycidoxy group, etc.) Compounds, etc., but are not limited by these. Non-limiting specific examples of the aromatic ring-containing compound that can be used as the additive (H RO ) include: benzyl acrylate, m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate, 2-(o-phenylphenoxy)ethyl acrylate, Phenoxyethyl acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, the above-mentioned monomers with a perylene structure, with two Monomers with naphthothiophene structure, monomers with dibenzothiophene structure and other aromatic ring-containing monomers; 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol, dinaphthothiophene and their derivatives (such as bonds on the dinaphthothiophene ring Aromatic ring-containing compounds without ethylenically unsaturated groups such as compounds with one or more structures of one or more substituents selected from hydroxyl, methanol, diethanol and glycidyl) Wait. In addition, the aromatic ring-containing compound may be an oligomer comprising the aromatic ring-containing monomer as a monomer unit (preferably an oligomer with a molecular weight of about 5000 or less, more preferably about 1000 or less; for example, a 2-5 polymer low polymer around). The above-mentioned oligomers can be, for example: homopolymers of aromatic ring-containing monomers; copolymers of one or more aromatic ring-containing monomers; copolymers of one or more aromatic ring-containing monomers and other monomers things etc. As the other monomers mentioned above, one type or two or more types of monomers which do not have an aromatic ring can be used.

在數個態樣中,由容易獲得較高的高折射率化效果來看,可適宜採用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含複數個芳香環之化合物」)作為添加劑(HRO )。含複數個芳香環之化合物可具有乙烯性不飽和基等聚合性官能基,亦可不具有。又,含複數個芳香環之化合物可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,上述聚合物可為包含含複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元之寡聚物(宜為分子量大約5000以下、較宜為大約1000以下之寡聚物;例如為2~5聚物左右之低聚合物)。上述寡聚物例如可為:含複數個芳香環之單體的均聚物;1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體的共聚物;1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體與其他單體的共聚物等。上述其他單體可為不屬於含複數個芳香環之單體的含芳香環單體,可為不具芳香環之單體,亦可為該等之組合。In some aspects, since it is easy to obtain a high refractive index-enhancing effect, an organic compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter also referred to as "compound containing plural aromatic rings") can be suitably used. as an additive (H RO ). The compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. In addition, the compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer. In addition, the above-mentioned polymer may be an oligomer containing a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit (preferably an oligomer with a molecular weight of about 5,000 or less, more preferably about 1,000 or less; for example, 2-5 polymers low polymer around). The above-mentioned oligomers can be, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing plural aromatic rings; copolymers of one or more monomers containing plural aromatic rings; one or more than two types of monomers containing plural aromatic rings Copolymers of its monomers and other monomers, etc. The above-mentioned other monomer may be an aromatic ring-containing monomer which is not a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings, a monomer without an aromatic ring, or a combination thereof.

含複數個芳香環之化合物之非限定例可舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的化合物、具有縮合芳香環結構之化合物、具有茀結構之化合物、具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物、具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物等。含複數個芳香環之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Non-limiting examples of compounds containing a plurality of aromatic rings include: compounds having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, compounds having two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly (that is, without intervening other atoms) ) compounds with chemically bonded structures, compounds with condensed aromatic ring structures, compounds with perylene structures, compounds with dinaphthothiophene structures, compounds with dibenzothiophene structures, and the like. The compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述具有茀結構之化合物的具體例除了上述具有茀結構之單體、或是所述單體之均聚物或共聚物之寡聚物外,還可舉9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀(折射率:1.68)、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀(折射率:1.73)、9,9-雙(4-羥-3-甲基苯基)茀(折射率:1.68)、9,9-雙[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]茀(折射率:1.65)等9,9-雙苯基茀及其衍生物。In addition to the above-mentioned monomer having a fluoride structure, or an oligomer of a homopolymer or a copolymer of the above-mentioned monomer, 9,9-bis(4-hydroxybenzene can also be mentioned as a specific example of the compound having a fluoride structure. base) fluoride (refractive index: 1.68), 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluoride (refractive index: 1.73), 9,9-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) fluoride ( Refractive index: 1.68), 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl] fluoride (refractive index: 1.65), etc. 9,9-bisphenyl fluoride and its derivatives.

上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物的具體例除了上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、或是所述單體之均聚物或共聚物之寡聚物外,還可舉:二萘并噻吩(折射率:1.808);6-羥甲基二萘并噻吩(折射率:1.766)等之羥烷基二萘并噻吩;2,12-二羥基二萘并噻吩(折射率:1.750)等之二羥基二萘并噻吩;2,12-二羥乙基氧基二萘并噻吩(折射率:1.677)等之二羥烷基氧基二萘并噻吩;2,12-二環氧丙基氧基二萘并噻吩(折射率1.723)等之二環氧丙基氧基二萘并噻吩;2,12-二烯丙基氧基二萘并噻吩(縮寫:2,12-DAODNT,折射率1.729)等具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之二萘并噻吩等之二萘并噻吩及其衍生物。In addition to the above-mentioned monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure, or oligomers of homopolymers or copolymers of the monomers, specific examples of the above-mentioned compounds having a dinaphthothiophene structure may also include: dinaphthothiophene Thiophene (refractive index: 1.808); hydroxyalkyldinaphthothiophene such as 6-hydroxymethyldinaphthothiophene (refractive index: 1.766); 2,12-dihydroxydinaphthothiophene (refractive index: 1.750), etc. Dihydroxydinaphthothiophene; 2,12-dihydroxyethyloxydinaphthothiophene (refractive index: 1.677) and other dihydroxyalkyloxydinaphthothiophenes; 2,12-diglycidyl Diglycidoxydinaphthothiophene such as oxydinaphthothiophene (refractive index 1.723); 2,12-diallyloxydinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 2,12-DAODNT, refractive index 1.729) and the like having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups such as dinaphthothiophenes and their derivatives.

上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物的具體例除了上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體、或是所述單體之均聚物或共聚物之寡聚物外,還可舉二苯并噻吩(折射率:1.607)、4-二甲基二苯并噻吩(折射率:1.617)、4,6-二甲基二苯并噻吩(折射率:1.617)等。In addition to the above-mentioned monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure, or an oligomer of a homopolymer or a copolymer of the above-mentioned monomer, dibenzothiophene can also be cited as a specific example of the compound having the dibenzothiophene structure. (refractive index: 1.607), 4-dimethyldibenzothiophene (refractive index: 1.617), 4,6-dimethyldibenzothiophene (refractive index: 1.617), and the like.

可成為添加劑(HRO )之選項的具有雜環的有機化合物(以下亦稱為含雜環有機化合物)之例可舉硫代環氧化合物、具有三𠯤環之化合物等。硫代環氧化合物之例可舉日本專利第3712653號公報中記載之雙(2,3-環硫代丙基)二硫化物及其聚合物(折射率1.74)。具有三𠯤環之化合物之例可舉1分子內具有至少1個(例如3~40個,宜為5~20個))三𠯤環之化合物。此外,三𠯤環具有芳香族性,故具有三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含芳香環化合物之概念中,且,具有複數個三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含複數個芳香環之化合物之概念中。Examples of the organic compound having a heterocyclic ring (hereinafter also referred to as a heterocyclic ring-containing organic compound) which can be an option of the additive (H RO ) include a thioepoxy compound, a compound having a tricyclic ring, and the like. Examples of the thioepoxy compound include bis(2,3-epithiopropyl)disulfide and polymers thereof (refractive index 1.74) described in Japanese Patent No. 3712653. As an example of the compound having a tris' ring, a compound having at least one (eg, 3 to 40, preferably 5 to 20) tris' rings in one molecule can be mentioned. In addition, the tricyclic ring is aromatic, so the compound having the tricyclic ring is also included in the concept of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing compound, and the compound having a plurality of tricyclic rings is also included in the above-mentioned compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings. in the concept.

在數個態樣中,可適宜採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之化合物作為添加劑(HRO )。藉此,可抑制黏著劑組成物因熱或光而變質(凝膠化之進行或黏度上升造成調平性降低),提高保存穩定性。採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之添加劑(HRO )一事,由在具有包含該添加劑(HRO )之黏著劑層的黏著片或包含該黏著片之積層體等中,抑制乙烯性不飽和基之反應造成之尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之產生等之觀點來看亦佳。In several aspects, compounds without ethylenically unsaturated groups may suitably be employed as additives (H RO ). Thereby, deterioration of the adhesive composition due to heat or light (deterioration of leveling properties due to progress of gelation or increase in viscosity) can be suppressed, and storage stability can be improved. The use of an additive (H RO ) without an ethylenically unsaturated group suppresses the ethylenic unsaturated group in an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer containing the additive (H RO ) or a laminate containing the adhesive sheet, etc. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of dimensional change or deformation (warpage, waviness, etc.) caused by the reaction, generation of optical strain, and the like.

在使用寡聚物作為添加劑(HRO )之態樣中,該寡聚物可藉由以公知方法使對應之單體成分聚合來獲得。利用自由基聚合製造上述寡聚物時,可於上述單體成分中適當添加可用於進行自由基聚合的聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑、乳化劑等,進行聚合。上述可用於自由基聚合之聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑、乳化劑等無特別限定,可適當選擇並使用。此外,寡聚物之重量平均分子量可藉由聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑之使用量、反應條件來控制,並因應該等之種類來適當地調整其使用量。 上述鏈轉移劑可舉例如月桂基硫醇、環氧丙基硫醇、巰乙酸、2-巰基乙醇、α-硫甘油、硫代乙醇酸、硫代乙醇酸2-乙基己酯、2,3-二巰基-1-丙醇等。鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種,亦可混合2種以上使用。鏈轉移劑之使用量可因應可用於寡聚物之合成的單體成分之組成或鏈轉移劑之種類等,設定成可獲得所期望之重量平均分子量的寡聚物。在數個態樣中,鏈轉移劑相對於可用於寡聚物之合成的單體之總量100重量份的使用量設為大約15重量份以下是適當的,可為10重量份以下,亦可為5重量份左右以下。鏈轉移劑相對於可用於寡聚物之合成的單體之總量100重量份之使用量的下限無特別限制,例如可為0.01重量份以上,可為0.1重量份以上,可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1重量份以上。In the case of using an oligomer as the additive (H RO ), the oligomer can be obtained by polymerizing the corresponding monomer components by a known method. When the above-mentioned oligomer is produced by radical polymerization, a polymerization initiator, a chain transfer agent, an emulsifier, etc. that can be used for radical polymerization can be appropriately added to the above-mentioned monomer components, and the polymerization can be carried out. The above-mentioned polymerization initiators, chain transfer agents, emulsifiers, etc. that can be used for radical polymerization are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected and used. In addition, the weight-average molecular weight of the oligomer can be controlled by the usage amount of the polymerization initiator and the chain transfer agent, and the reaction conditions, and the usage amount can be appropriately adjusted according to the types of these. The above-mentioned chain transfer agent can be, for example, lauryl mercaptan, glycidyl mercaptan, thioacetic acid, 2-mercaptoethanol, α-thioglycerol, thioglycolic acid, 2-ethylhexyl thioglycolic acid, 2, 3-dimercapto-1-propanol, etc. A chain transfer agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in mixture of 2 or more types. The amount of the chain transfer agent used can be set so that an oligomer having a desired weight average molecular weight can be obtained according to the composition of the monomer components that can be used in the synthesis of the oligomer, the type of the chain transfer agent, and the like. In several aspects, the chain transfer agent is suitably used in an amount of about 15 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers that can be used for oligomer synthesis, and may be 10 parts by weight or less, or It may be about 5 parts by weight or less. The lower limit of the use amount of the chain transfer agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers that can be used for oligomer synthesis is not particularly limited, for example, it can be 0.01 part by weight or more, 0.1 part by weight or more, and 0.5 part by weight The above may be 1 part by weight or more.

添加劑(HRO )相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量(使用複數種化合物時為其等之合計量)只要大於0重量份即無特別限定,可按目的作設定。在數個態樣中,添加劑(HRO )相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量可設為例如80重量份以下,而由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看,設為60重量份以下是有利的,且宜設為45重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性或光學特性之數個態樣中,添加劑(HRO )相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量例如可為30重量份以下,可為20重量份以下,可為15重量份以下,亦可為10重量份以下。又,由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(HRO )相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量可設為例如1重量份以上,設為3重量份以上是有利的,宜設為5重量份以上,可為7重量份以上,可為10重量份以上,可為15重量份以上,亦可為20重量份以上。The usage-amount of the additive (H RO ) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) (the total amount in the case of using a plurality of compounds) is not particularly limited as long as it is more than 0 part by weight, and can be set according to the purpose. In several aspects, the usage-amount of the additive (H RO ) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) can be set to, for example, 80 parts by weight or less, so that the high refractive index of the adhesive and the inhibition of sticking can be achieved in a balanced manner. From the viewpoint of degradation of properties or optical properties, it is advantageous to be 60 parts by weight or less, and preferably 45 parts by weight or less. In several aspects where more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties or optical properties, the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) may be, for example, 30 parts by weight or less, or 20 parts by weight or less, It may be 15 parts by weight or less, or 10 parts by weight or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, the usage-amount of the additive (H RO ) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) can be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, or 3 parts by weight or more. It is advantageous, it should be set to 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts or more by weight, 10 parts by weight or more, 15 parts by weight or more, and 20 parts by weight or more.

(交聯劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中可為了調整黏著劑之凝集力等,視需求含有交聯劑。交聯劑可使用異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑、吖丙啶系交聯劑、㗁唑啉系交聯劑、三聚氰胺系樹脂、金屬螯合物系交聯劑等在黏著劑領域中公知之交聯劑。其中可適宜採用異氰酸酯系交聯劑。作為交聯劑之其他例,可舉1分子內具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之單體,亦即多官能性單體。交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(crosslinking agent) The adhesive composition disclosed herein may contain a cross-linking agent as required in order to adjust the cohesive force of the adhesive and the like. The cross-linking agent can use isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, epoxy-based cross-linking agent, aziridine-based cross-linking agent, oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, melamine-based resin, metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, etc. Crosslinking agents well known in the art. Among them, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can be suitably used. As another example of a crosslinking agent, the monomer which has two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in 1 molecule, that is, a polyfunctional monomer is mentioned. A crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

異氰酸酯系交聯劑可使用2官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物,可舉例如:三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、伸丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)、二體酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族聚異氰酸酯類;伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)、1,3-雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己烷等脂環族異氰酸酯類;2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、伸茬基二異氰酸酯(XDI)等芳香族異氰酸酯類;經將異氰酸酯化合物藉由脲甲酸酯鍵、雙脲鍵、三聚異氰酸酯鍵、脲二酮鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵、脲酮亞胺鍵、㗁二𠯤三酮鍵等改質之聚異氰酸酯改質物等。市售品之例可舉:商品名TAKENATE 300S、TAKENATE 500、TAKENATE 600、TAKENATE D165N、TAKENATE D178N(以上,武田藥品工業公司製)、Sumidur T80、Sumidur L、Desmodur N3400(以上,住化Bayer Urethane公司製)、Millionate MR、Millionate MT、Coronate L、Coronate HL、Coronate HX(以上,Tosoh公司製)等。異氰酸酯化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用2官能之異氰酸酯化合物與3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物。As the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a bifunctional or more functional isocyanate compound can be used, and examples thereof include aliphatic polyisocyanates such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and dimer acid diisocyanate. cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane and other cycloaliphatic isocyanates; 2,4 -Aromatic isocyanates such as toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and diphenyl diisocyanate (XDI); the isocyanate compounds are converted through allophanate bonds, diurea bonds, trimeric isocyanates Bond, uretdione bond, urea bond, carbodiimide bond, uretonimine bond, urethane bond, etc. modified polyisocyanates, etc. Examples of commercially available products include trade names TAKENATE 300S, TAKENATE 500, TAKENATE 600, TAKENATE D165N, TAKENATE D178N (above, manufactured by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (above, manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.) manufactured), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX (above, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), etc. An isocyanate compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or more isocyanate compound may be used in combination.

環氧系交聯劑可舉例如雙酚A、環氧氯丙烷型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、甘油二環氧丙基醚、甘油三環氧丙基醚、1,6-己二醇環氧丙基醚、三羥甲丙烷三環氧丙基醚、二環氧丙基苯胺、二胺基環氧丙基胺、N,N,N',N'-四環氧丙基-間茬二胺及1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of epoxy-based crosslinking agents include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy-based resins, ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and glycerol diglycidyl ether. , glycerol triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diamine glycidyl amine, N , N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-diamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

多官能性單體可舉例如:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二乙烯苯、雙苯氧乙醇茀二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、胺甲酸酯丙烯酸酯、丁基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。多官能性單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of the polyfunctional monomer include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. , Neopentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, Neopentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, Neotaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, Dipivalerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, Ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate base) acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl(meth)acrylate, vinyl(meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenoxyethanol, di(meth)acrylic acid Esters, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, hexyl glycol di(meth)acrylate Acrylate etc. A polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

使用交聯劑(可為多官能性單體)時之使用量無特別限定,例如可相對於上述單體成分100重量份設為0.001重量份~5.0重量份左右之範圍。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量宜為3.0重量份以下,較宜為2.0重量份以下,可為1.0重量份以下,可為0.5重量份以下,亦可為0.2重量份以下。又,由適當發揮交聯劑之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量例如可為0.005重量份以上,可為0.01重量份以上,可為0.05重量份以上,亦可為0.08重量份以上。The usage-amount when using a crosslinking agent (may be a polyfunctional monomer) is not specifically limited, For example, it can be set to the range of about 0.001 weight part - 5.0 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of said monomer components. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, in several aspects, the use amount of the crosslinking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, and can be 1.0 part by weight or less, 0.5 part by weight or less, or 0.2 part by weight or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of use of the crosslinking agent, in several aspects, the use amount of the crosslinking agent may be, for example, 0.005 part by weight or more, or 0.01 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. The above may be 0.05 part by weight or more, or 0.08 part by weight or more.

為了使交聯反應更有效地進行,亦可使用交聯觸媒。交聯觸媒之例可舉:鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵(III)、丁基錫氧化物、二月桂酸二辛錫等金屬系交聯觸媒等。其中又以二月桂酸二辛錫等錫系交聯觸媒為佳。交聯觸媒之使用量無特別限制。考量到交聯反應速度之快慢與黏著劑組成物使用期限之長短之平衡,交聯觸媒相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量例如可設為大約0.0001重量份以上且1重量份以下之範圍,且宜設為0.001重量份以上且0.5重量份以下之範圍。In order to make the crosslinking reaction proceed more efficiently, a crosslinking catalyst may also be used. Examples of the crosslinking catalyst include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron(III) acetylacetonate, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Among them, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyl tin dilaurate are preferred. The amount of the cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited. Considering the balance between the speed of the cross-linking reaction and the service life of the adhesive composition, the usage amount of the cross-linking catalyst relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component can be set to, for example, about 0.0001 part by weight or more and 1 part by weight or less. range, and it is preferable to set it as the range of 0.001 weight part or more and 0.5 weight part or less.

黏著劑組成物中可含有可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物作為交聯延遲劑。藉此,可實現延長黏著劑組成物之使用期限的效果。例如,可在包含異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組成物中,適宜利用可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可使用各種β-二羰基化合物。例如可適宜採用β-二酮類(乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮等)或乙醯乙酸酯類(乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯等)。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物的使用量,相對於單體成分100重量份,可設為例如0.1重量份以上且20重量份以下,可設為0.5重量份以上且10重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以上且5重量份以下。The adhesive composition may contain a compound capable of generating keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder. Thereby, the effect of extending the service life of the adhesive composition can be achieved. For example, a compound capable of generating keto-enol tautomerism can be suitably used in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that can produce keto-enol tautomerism. For example, β-diketones (acetone acetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) or acetoacetates (methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.) can be suitably used. The compound which can generate keto-enol tautomerism can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage-amount of the compound capable of generating keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 part by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, and can be 0.5 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. Hereinafter, it may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.

(賦黏劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中亦可含有賦黏劑。賦黏劑可使用松香系增黏樹脂、萜系增黏樹脂、酚系增黏樹脂、烴系增黏樹脂、酮系增黏樹脂、聚醯胺系增黏樹脂、環氧系增黏樹脂、彈性體系增黏樹脂等公知的增黏樹脂。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。增黏樹脂之使用量無特別限定,可按目的及用途來設定成能發揮適當之黏著性能。在數個態樣中,由折射率或透明性之觀點來看,賦黏劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量設為30重量份以下是適當的,宜設為10重量份以下,較宜設為5重量份以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在不使用賦黏劑之態樣下實施。(tackifier) Tackifiers may also be included in the adhesive compositions disclosed herein. The tackifier can be rosin tackifying resin, terpene tackifying resin, phenol tackifying resin, hydrocarbon tackifying resin, ketone tackifying resin, polyamide tackifying resin, epoxy tackifying resin, Known tackifying resins such as elastic system tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The amount of tackifier resin to be used is not particularly limited, and can be set so that appropriate adhesive performance can be exerted according to the purpose and application. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of refractive index or transparency, the amount of the tackifier to be used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is appropriate to be 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less, It is preferable to set it as 5 weight part or less. The techniques disclosed herein may suitably be practiced without the use of tackifiers.

(塑化材料) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物之數個態樣中,該黏著劑組成物可更包含分子量比丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更低之塑化材料作為可依期望使用之添加劑。藉由使用塑化材料,可提升黏著劑層之柔軟性,從而可提升對被黏著體之密著性、或是作為黏著片整體之柔軟性或對變形之追隨性。由在黏著劑層內之相溶性或透明性之觀點來看,塑化材料可適宜採用有機材料。塑化材料亦可為可作為上述添加劑(HRO )使用之材料。(Plasticizing Material) In several aspects of the adhesive composition disclosed herein, the adhesive composition may further comprise a plasticizing material having a lower molecular weight than that of the acrylic polymer (A) as an additive that can be used as desired . By using a plasticized material, the flexibility of the adhesive layer can be improved, thereby improving the adhesion to the adherend, the flexibility of the entire adhesive sheet, or the followability to deformation. From the viewpoint of compatibility or transparency in the adhesive layer, an organic material can be suitably used as the plasticizing material. The plasticizing material may also be a material that can be used as the above-mentioned additive (H RO ).

塑化材料之分子量較丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更低即可,無特別限定。在數個態樣中,由容易展現塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化材料之分子量可為30000以下,可為25000以下,可小於10000,宜小於5000,較宜小於3000(例如小於1000),可小於800,可小於600,可小於500,亦可小於400。塑化材料之分子量不過大一事由提升在黏著劑層內之相溶性等觀點來看是有利的。又,在數個態樣中,由容易發揮充分之塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化材料之分子量為130以上是適當的,且宜為150以上,較宜為170以上,可為200以上,可為250以上,亦可為300以上。在數個態樣中,塑化材料之分子量可為500以上,可為1000以上,亦可為2000以上。塑化材料之分子量不過低一事由黏著片之耐熱性能或抑制被黏著體之污染之觀點來看亦佳。The molecular weight of the plasticizing material may be lower than that of the acrylic polymer (A), and is not particularly limited. In several aspects, the molecular weight of the plasticizing material may be less than 30,000, less than 25,000, less than 10,000, preferably less than 5,000, preferably less than 3,000 (eg, less than 1,000) from the viewpoint of easily exhibiting the plasticizing effect. , can be less than 800, can be less than 600, can be less than 500, can also be less than 400. The fact that the molecular weight of the plasticizing material is not too large is advantageous from the viewpoint of enhancing the compatibility in the adhesive layer. In addition, in several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily exerting a sufficient plasticizing effect, the molecular weight of the plasticizing material is preferably 130 or more, preferably 150 or more, more preferably 170 or more, and may be 200 or more , which can be more than 250 or more than 300. In several aspects, the molecular weight of the plasticizing material may be greater than 500, greater than or equal to 1000, or greater than or equal to 2000. The fact that the molecular weight of the plasticizing material is not too low is also desirable from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the adhesive sheet or the suppression of contamination by the adhesive.

可成為塑化材料之選項的化合物之非限定例中包含:可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物(例如具有苄基、苯氧基、萘基等芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有茀結構之單體、具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體等);包含可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物作為單體單元的寡聚物;從可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物去除具有乙烯性不飽和基之部分且取代成氫原子或不具乙烯性不飽和基之基團的結構之化合物(例如3-苯氧基苯甲醇)等。由提升柔軟性之觀點來看,包含可作為單體(m1)使用之化合物作為單體單元之寡聚物中例如丙烯酸正丁酯或丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等低Tg單體亦可已共聚。作為塑化材料,亦可利用公知之塑化劑(例如鄰苯二甲酸酯系、對苯二甲酸酯系、己二酸酯系、己二酸系聚酯、苯甲酸乙二醇酯等)之1種或2種以上。Non-limiting examples of compounds that can be used as options for plasticizing materials include: compounds that can be used as monomers (m1) (such as (meth)acrylates with aromatic rings such as benzyl, phenoxy, naphthyl, etc., structural monomers, monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure, monomers having a dibenzothiophene structure, etc.); oligomers containing compounds that can be used as monomers (m1) as monomer units; The compound used for the monomer (m1) is a compound having a structure in which a part having an ethylenically unsaturated group is removed and replaced with a hydrogen atom or a group without an ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility, low Tg monomers such as n-butyl acrylate or 2-ethylhexyl Copolymerization. As the plasticizing material, well-known plasticizers (for example, phthalate-based, terephthalate-based, adipate-based, adipic acid-based polyester, ethylene benzoate, etc.) can also be used. etc.) one or more of them.

在數個態樣中,塑化材料可適宜使用折射率大約1.50以上(較宜為1.53以上)之有機材料。可成為塑化材料之選項的化合物之具體例中包含:二乙二醇二苯甲酸酯(折射率1.55)、二丙二醇二苯甲酸酯(折射率1.54)、3-苯氧基甲苯(折射率1.57)、3-乙基聯苯(折射率1.59)、3-甲氧基聯苯(折射率1.61)、4-甲氧基聯苯(折射率1.57)、聚乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、3-苯氧基苯甲醇(折射率1.59)、三苯基磷酸酯(折射率1.56)、苯甲酸苄酯(折射率1.57)、4-(三級丁基)苯基二苯基磷酸酯(折射率1.56)、三甲基苯基磷酸酯(折射率1.55)、鄰苯二甲酸丁苄酯(折射率1.54)、松香甲酯(折射率1.53)、鄰苯二甲酸烷基苄酯(折射率1.53)、丁基(苯基磺醯基)胺(折射率1.53)、偏苯三甲酸三甲酯(折射率1.52)、鄰苯二甲酸苄酯(折射率1.52)、2-乙基己基二苯基磷酸酯(折射率1.51)、亞磷酸參(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)酯等,惟不受該等限定。由折射率及相溶性之觀點來看,可適宜採用例如二乙二醇二苯甲酸酯。塑化材料之折射率的上限無特別限制,例如可為3.00以下。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或在黏著劑內之相溶性等觀點來看,塑化材料之折射率為2.50以下是適當的,為2.00以下是有利的,可為1.90以下,可為1.80以下,亦可為1.70以下。 此外,塑化材料之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。In several aspects, an organic material having a refractive index of about 1.50 or higher (preferably 1.53 or higher) may be suitably used as the plasticizing material. Specific examples of compounds that can be selected as plasticizing materials include: diethylene glycol dibenzoate (refractive index 1.55), dipropylene glycol dibenzoate (refractive index 1.54), 3-phenoxytoluene ( Refractive index 1.57), 3-ethylbiphenyl (refractive index 1.59), 3-methoxybiphenyl (refractive index 1.61), 4-methoxybiphenyl (refractive index 1.57), polyethylene glycol diphenylmethane Acid ester, 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol (refractive index 1.59), triphenyl phosphate (refractive index 1.56), benzyl benzoate (refractive index 1.57), 4-(tertiary butyl)phenyldiphenyl Phosphate (refractive index 1.56), trimethylphenyl phosphate (refractive index 1.55), butyl benzyl phthalate (refractive index 1.54), methyl rosin (refractive index 1.53), alkyl benzyl phthalate Ester (refractive index 1.53), butyl (phenylsulfonyl)amine (refractive index 1.53), trimethyl trimellitate (refractive index 1.52), benzyl phthalate (refractive index 1.52), 2- Ethylhexyl diphenyl phosphate (refractive index 1.51), sham (2,4-di-tertiary butylphenyl) phosphite, etc., are not limited by these. From the viewpoint of refractive index and compatibility, for example, diethylene glycol dibenzoate can be suitably used. The upper limit of the refractive index of the plasticizing material is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or the compatibility in the adhesive, it is suitable that the refractive index of the plasticizing material is 2.50 or less, and 2.00 or less is advantageous. It may be 1.90 or less, may be 1.80 or less, or may be 1.70 or less. In addition, the refractive index of the plasticizing material was measured under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. using an Abbe refractometer in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

在使用塑化材料之態樣中,塑化材料相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量無特別限定,可按目的作設定。由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化材料相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量例如可為0.1重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上,而由獲得更高之塑化效果之觀點來看,宜設為1重量份以上,設為3重量份以上較佳,可為5重量份以上,可為7重量份以上,可為10重量份以上,可為15重量份以上,亦可為20重量份以上。又,由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與透明性及塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量設為大約100重量份以下是適當的,宜設為80重量份以下,設為60重量份以下較佳,可為45重量份以下,可為35重量份以下,亦可為25重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性或光學特性之數個態樣中,塑化材料相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量例如可為15重量份以下,可為10重量份以下,亦可為5重量份以下。In the aspect of using the plasticizing material, the usage amount of the plasticizing material with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. From the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, the amount of the plasticizing material to be used relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) may be, for example, 0.1 part by weight or more, or 0.5 part by weight or more. From the viewpoint of plasticizing effect, it is preferably 1 part by weight or more, preferably 3 parts by weight or more, 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 10 parts by weight or more, and 15 parts by weight. part or more, and may be 20 parts by weight or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of balancing the high refractive index of the adhesive, the transparency and the plasticizing effect of the adhesive, the amount of the plasticizer to be used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) is set to be about 100 parts by weight or less. Appropriately, it is preferably 80 parts by weight or less, preferably 60 parts by weight or less, 45 parts by weight or less, 35 parts by weight or less, or 25 parts by weight or less. In some aspects where more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties or optical properties, the amount of plasticizing material used relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) may be, for example, 15 parts by weight or less, 10 parts by weight or less, or 5 parts by weight or less.

(調平劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中,可為了提升由該組成物形成之黏著劑層的外觀(例如提升厚度之均勻性)或提升上述黏著劑組成物之塗敷性等,視需求含有調平劑。調平劑之非限定之例可舉丙烯酸系調平劑、氟系調平劑、聚矽氧系調平劑等。調平劑例如可從市售之調平劑選擇適當之物,利用常法來使用。(leveler) In the adhesive composition disclosed herein, in order to improve the appearance of the adhesive layer formed by the composition (for example, to improve the uniformity of thickness) or to improve the coatability of the above-mentioned adhesive composition, it may contain a leveling agent as required. agent. Non-limiting examples of the leveling agent include acrylic leveling agents, fluorine-based leveling agents, polysiloxane-based leveling agents, and the like. The leveling agent can be appropriately selected from, for example, commercially available leveling agents, and can be used by an ordinary method.

在數個態樣中,上述調平劑可適宜使用以下聚合物(以下亦稱「聚合物(B)」),其為包含具有聚有機矽氧烷骨架之單體(以下亦稱「單體S1」)與丙烯酸系單體之單體原料(以下亦稱「單體原料B」)的聚合物。聚合物(B)可稱為單體S1與丙烯酸系單體之共聚物。聚合物(B)可單獨使用一種或組合二種以上來使用。In several aspects, the above-mentioned leveling agent can suitably use the following polymers (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer (B)"), which are monomers comprising a polyorganosiloxane skeleton (hereinafter also referred to as "monomers") S1") and a polymer of a monomer raw material of an acrylic monomer (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer raw material B"). The polymer (B) can be referred to as a copolymer of the monomer S1 and an acrylic monomer. The polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

單體S1無特別限定,可使用含有聚有機矽氧烷骨架之任意單體。單體S1可適宜使用於一末端具有聚合性反應基之結構者。其中,可適宜採用於一末端具有聚合性反應基且於另一末端不具有與丙烯酸系聚合物(A)產生交聯反應之官能基之結構的單體S1。市售物可舉例如信越化學工業公司製之一末端反應性聚矽氧油(例如X-22-174ASX、X-22-2426、X-22-2475、KF-2012等之型號)。單體S1可單獨使用一種或組合二種以上來使用。The monomer S1 is not particularly limited, and any monomer containing a polyorganosiloxane skeleton can be used. Monomer S1 can be suitably used for a structure having a polymerizable reactive group at one end. Among them, monomer S1 having a structure having a polymerizable reactive group at one end and a functional group that does not have a crosslinking reaction with the acrylic polymer (A) at the other end can be suitably used. Commercially available products include, for example, terminal-reactive polysiloxane oil (for example, models such as X-22-174ASX, X-22-2426, X-22-2475, and KF-2012) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Monomer S1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

單體S1之官能基當量例如可為100g/mol~30000g/mol左右。在數個理想態樣中,上述官能基當量例如為500g/mol以上,可為800g/mol以上,可為1500g/mol以上,亦可為2000g/mol以上。又,上述官能基當量例如可為20000g/mol以下,可小於10000g/mol,可為7000g/mol以下,亦可為5500g/mol以下。單體S1之官能基當量若在上述範圍內,便容易發揮良好之調平效果。 另,使用官能基當量相異之二種以上單體作為單體S1時,單體S1之官能基當量可使用各種類之單體的官能基當量與該單體之重量分率的乘積總和。The functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 may be, for example, about 100 g/mol to 30000 g/mol. In several ideal aspects, the functional group equivalent weight may be, for example, 500 g/mol or more, 800 g/mol or more, 1500 g/mol or more, or 2000 g/mol or more. In addition, the functional group equivalent may be, for example, 20,000 g/mol or less, less than 10,000 g/mol, 7,000 g/mol or less, or 5,500 g/mol or less. If the functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 is within the above-mentioned range, it is easy to exhibit a good leveling effect. In addition, when two or more monomers with different functional group equivalents are used as the monomer S1, the functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 can be the sum of the products of the functional group equivalents of various monomers and the weight fraction of the monomer.

在此,「官能基當量」意指與每個官能基鍵結之主骨架(例如聚二甲基矽氧烷)的重量。有關標記單位g/mol係換算成官能基1mol。單體S1之官能基當量例如可從根據核磁共振(NMR)之1 H-NMR(質子NMR)之光譜強度算出。根據1 H-NMR之光譜強度進行之單體S1之官能基當量(g/mol)的計算,可根據有關1 H-NMR光譜解析之一般結構解析手法,且若有需要即參照日本專利第5951153號公報之記載來進行。在單體S1之官能基當量中,上述官能基意指聚合性官能基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基等乙烯性不飽和基)。Here, "functional group equivalent" means the weight of the main skeleton (eg, polydimethylsiloxane) bonded to each functional group. The relevant labeling unit g/mol is converted into 1 mol of the functional group. The functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 can be calculated, for example, from the spectral intensity of 1 H-NMR (proton NMR) by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). Functional group equivalent of the monomer is carried out according to the S1 1 H-NMR spectral intensity of (g / mol) is calculated, it can be resolved according to the relevant general 1 H-NMR spectrum of the structure analysis method, and if necessary, refer to Japanese Patent No. 5951153 i.e. The records in the Bulletin No. In the functional group equivalent of the monomer S1, the above-mentioned functional group means a polymerizable functional group (for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group).

單體原料B中之單體S1之含量可在使用該單體S1能發揮所期望之效果的範圍內採用適當之值,不受特定範圍所限。在數個態樣中,單體原料B中之單體S1之含量例如可為5~60重量%,可為10~50重量%,亦可為15~40重量%。The content of the monomer S1 in the monomer raw material B can adopt an appropriate value within the range in which the desired effect can be exhibited by using the monomer S1, and is not limited to a specific range. In several aspects, the content of the monomer S1 in the monomer raw material B may be, for example, 5 to 60 wt %, 10 to 50 wt %, or 15 to 40 wt %.

單體原料B除了單體S1外,還包含可與單體S1共聚之丙烯酸系單體。藉此,可改善聚合物(B)在黏著劑層內之相溶性。可用於單體原料B之丙烯酸系單體可舉例如丙烯酸烷基酯。此處所提「烷基」係指鏈狀(包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀)烷基(基),而不包含後述脂環式烴基。在數個態樣中,單體原料B可含有(甲基)丙烯酸C4-12 烷基酯(宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C4-10 烷基酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸C6-10 烷基酯)之至少一種。在其他數個態樣中,單體原料B可含有甲基丙烯酸C1-18 烷基酯(宜為甲基丙烯酸C1-14 烷基酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸C1-10 烷基酯)之至少一種。單體原料B例如可包含選自甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)及甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHMA)中之一種或二種以上作為丙烯酸系單體。The monomer raw material B includes, in addition to the monomer S1, an acrylic monomer that can be copolymerized with the monomer S1. Thereby, the compatibility of the polymer (B) in the adhesive layer can be improved. Examples of acrylic monomers that can be used for the monomer raw material B include acrylic acid alkyl esters. The "alkyl group" referred to here means a chain (including linear and branched) alkyl groups (groups), and does not include the alicyclic hydrocarbon group described later. In several aspects, the monomer raw material B may contain a C 4-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate (preferably a C 4-10 alkyl (meth)acrylate, such as a C 6- (meth)acrylate) 10 alkyl esters) at least one. In several other aspects, the monomer raw material B may contain a C 1-18 alkyl methacrylate (preferably a C 1-14 alkyl methacrylate, such as a C 1-10 alkyl (meth)acrylate) at least one of esters). The monomer raw material B may contain, for example, one or two or more selected from methyl methacrylate (MMA), n-butyl methacrylate (BMA) and 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA) as acrylic acid monomer.

上述丙烯酸系單體之其他例可舉具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。例如可使用(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯等。亦可不使用具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Another example of the said acryl-type monomer is the (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. For example, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate can be used esters, etc. The (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic hydrocarbon group may not be used.

單體原料B中具有上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及上述脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之含量例如可為10重量%以上且95重量%以下,可為20重量%以上且95重量%以下,可為30重量%以上且90重量%以下,可為40重量%以上且90重量%以下,亦可為50重量%以上且85重量%以下。The content of the (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate and the above-mentioned alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the monomer raw material B may be, for example, 10% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less, and may be 20% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less, 30% by weight or more and 90% by weight or less, 40% by weight or more and 90% by weight or less, or 50% by weight or more and 85% by weight or less.

可與單體S1一同包含於單體原料B之單體的其他例可舉:作為可用於丙烯酸系聚合物而於上述所例示之含羧基單體、含酸酐基單體、含羥基單體、含環氧基單體、含氰基單體、含異氰酸酯基單體、含醯胺基單體、具有含氮原子環之單體、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基烷基酯類、乙烯酯類、乙烯基醚類、烯烴類、具有芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含鹵素原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Other examples of the monomers that can be included in the monomer raw material B together with the monomer S1 include the carboxyl group-containing monomers, acid anhydride group-containing monomers, hydroxyl group-containing monomers, Epoxy group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, amide group-containing monomers, monomers with nitrogen-containing rings, (meth)acrylate aminoalkyl esters, vinyl esters , vinyl ethers, olefins, (meth)acrylates with aromatic hydrocarbon groups, (meth)acrylates containing halogen atoms, etc.

聚合物(B)之Mw例如可為5,000以上,宜為10,000以上,亦可為15,000以上。又,聚合物(B)之Mw例如可為200,000以下,宜為100,000以下,可為50,000以下,亦可為30,000以下。藉由將聚合物(B)之Mw設定在適當範圍內,可發揮良好之相溶性及調平性。The Mw of the polymer (B) may be, for example, 5,000 or more, preferably 10,000 or more, or 15,000 or more. Moreover, Mw of the polymer (B) may be, for example, 200,000 or less, preferably 100,000 or less, 50,000 or less, or 30,000 or less. By setting the Mw of the polymer (B) in an appropriate range, good compatibility and leveling properties can be exhibited.

聚合物(B)例如可藉由溶液聚合法、乳化聚合法、整體聚合法、懸浮聚合法、光聚合法等公知之手法使上述單體聚合來製作。 為了調整聚合物(B)之分子量,可因應需求使用鏈轉移劑。所使用之鏈轉移劑之例可舉:三級十二基硫醇、巰乙醇、α-硫甘油等具有巰基之化合物;硫代乙醇酸、硫代乙醇酸甲酯等硫代乙醇酸酯類;α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等。鏈轉移劑之使用量無特別限制,可適當設定成可獲得具有所期望之分子量的聚合物(B)。在數個態樣中,鏈轉移劑相對於單體100重量份之使用量例如可為0.1~5重量份,可為0.2~3重量份,亦可為0.5~2重量份。The polymer (B) can be produced by polymerizing the above-mentioned monomers by known methods such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization, for example. In order to adjust the molecular weight of the polymer (B), a chain transfer agent can be used as required. Examples of the chain transfer agent used include compounds having mercapto groups such as tertiary dodecyl mercaptan, mercaptoethanol, and α-thioglycerol; thioglycolic acid esters such as thioglycolic acid and methyl thioglycolate ; α-methylstyrene dimer and so on. The usage-amount of a chain transfer agent is not specifically limited, It can set suitably so that the polymer (B) which has a desired molecular weight can be obtained. In several aspects, the chain transfer agent may be used in an amount of, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by weight, 0.2 to 3 parts by weight, or 0.5 to 2 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer.

聚合物(B)相對丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之使用量可設為例如0.001重量份以上,而由可獲得更高之使用效果之觀點來看,可設為0.01重量份以上,亦可設為0.03重量份以上。又,上述聚合物(B)之使用量例如可為3重量份以下,而由減輕對折射率之影響之觀點來看,設為1重量份以下是適當的,可為0.5重量份以下,亦可為0.1重量份以下。The usage amount of the polymer (B) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) can be, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect, it can be 0.01 part by weight or more, You may make it 0.03 weight part or more. Moreover, the usage-amount of the said polymer (B) may be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less, but from the viewpoint of reducing the influence on the refractive index, 1 part by weight or less is suitable, it may be 0.5 part by weight or less, or It may be 0.1 part by weight or less.

(無機粒子) 在此揭示之技術可適宜在實質上不使用用以提高折射率的無機粒子之態樣下實施,但只要在不會大幅損害在此揭示之技術的應用效果下,除了添加劑(HRO )外還可輔助性地使用高折射率無機粒子,而無礙。上述無機粒子之例可舉藉由氧化鈦(titania、TiO2 )、氧化鋯(zirconia、ZrO2 )、氧化鋁、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化銅、鈦酸鋇、氧化鈮(Nb2 O5 等)等之無機氧化物(具體上為金屬氧化物)所構成之無機粒子。上述無機粒子之平均粒徑(係指根據雷射散射繞射法所得之50%體積平均粒徑)可從例如10nm~100nm左右之範圍中選擇。上述無機粒子之使用量,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份宜設為小於5重量份,較宜設為小於1重量份。在使用添加劑(HRO )之態樣中,上述無機粒子之使用量以重量基準計宜設為上述添加劑(HRO )之使用量的2倍以下,且設為1倍以下或0.5倍以下較佳。(Inorganic Particles) The technology disclosed herein can be suitably implemented without substantially using inorganic particles for increasing the refractive index, but as long as the application effect of the technology disclosed herein is not greatly impaired, except for additives ( In addition to H RO ), high-refractive-index inorganic particles can be used as an auxiliary, without hindrance. Examples of the above-mentioned inorganic particles include titanium oxide (titania, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconia, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, and niobium oxide (Nb 2 O 5 ). Inorganic particles composed of inorganic oxides (specifically, metal oxides) such as The average particle diameter of the above-mentioned inorganic particles (referring to the 50% volume average particle diameter obtained by the laser scattering diffraction method) can be selected from, for example, a range of about 10 nm to 100 nm. The usage-amount of the said inorganic particle should be less than 5 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of acryl-type polymer (A), Preferably it is less than 1 weight part. In the aspect of the use of additives (H RO) of, the amount of the inorganic particles (weight basis) or less should be set to 2-fold amount of the additive (H RO) of, and set to 1 times or less or 0.5 times or less than good.

(其他添加劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物亦可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求包含有塑化劑、軟化劑、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗老化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、防腐劑等可使用於黏著劑組成物之公知的添加劑。針對所述各種添加劑,可依常法使用以往公知者,而無特別賦予本發明任何特徵,故省略詳細說明。(other additives) The adhesive composition disclosed herein may optionally contain plasticizers, softeners, colorants, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, light A stabilizer, an antiseptic|preservative, etc. can be used for well-known additives of an adhesive composition. For the above-mentioned various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in accordance with a conventional method, and no particular feature is given to the present invention, so detailed descriptions are omitted.

<黏著劑> 在此揭示之黏著劑例如可使用上述任一黏著劑組成物來形成。所述黏著劑可為藉由乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等使溶劑型、活性能量線硬化型、水分散型、熱熔型等形態之黏著劑組成物硬化而成之黏著劑,亦即可為上述黏著劑組成物的硬化物。黏著劑組成物之硬化手段(例如乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等)可僅應用1種,亦可同時或多階段應用2種以上。以溶劑型黏著劑組成物來說,典型上可使該組成物乾燥(宜為進一步交聯)來形成黏著劑。在活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物方面,典型上係藉由照射活性能量線使聚合反應及/或交聯反應進行而形成黏著劑。在必須以活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物進進行乾燥時,可於乾燥後照射活性能量線。<Adhesive> The adhesives disclosed herein can be formed, for example, using any of the adhesive compositions described above. The adhesive can be an adhesive formed by drying, cross-linking, polymerizing, cooling, etc. to harden the adhesive composition in the form of solvent type, active energy ray hardening type, water dispersion type, hot melt type, etc., that is, It can be a hardened product of the above-mentioned adhesive composition. The hardening means (for example, drying, cross-linking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) of the adhesive composition may be used only in one type, or two or more types may be used simultaneously or in multiple stages. In the case of solvent-based adhesive compositions, the composition can typically be dried (preferably further cross-linked) to form the adhesive. In the active-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition, the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating an active-energy ray to advance a polymerization reaction and/or a cross-linking reaction. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition must be dried, the active energy ray can be irradiated after drying.

(折射率) 在此揭示之黏著劑可為顯示預定以上之折射率者。根據在此揭示之技術,可提供:折射率為例如1.560以上(宜為1.570以上,較宜為大於1.570)之黏著劑、可形成該黏著劑之黏著劑組成物、及包含上述黏著劑之黏著片。(refractive index) The adhesives disclosed herein can be those that exhibit a refractive index above a predetermined level. According to the technology disclosed herein, it is possible to provide an adhesive having a refractive index of, for example, 1.560 or more (preferably 1.570 or more, preferably more than 1.570), an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive, and an adhesive comprising the above-mentioned adhesive piece.

此外,本說明書中,黏著劑之折射率意指該黏著劑之表面(黏著面)的折射率。黏著劑之折射率可使用市售的折射率測定裝置(阿貝折射計),在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射計例如可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。測定試樣可使用由評估對象之黏著劑構成之黏著劑層。黏著劑之折射率具體上可以後述實施例記載之方法來測定。黏著劑之折射率例如可藉由該黏著劑之組成來調節。In addition, in this specification, the refractive index of an adhesive means the refractive index of the surface (adhesion surface) of this adhesive. The refractive index of the adhesive can be measured under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbé refractometer). For example, the Abbe refractometer can use the model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent. As the measurement sample, an adhesive layer composed of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the following Examples. The refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive.

在數個態樣中,上述黏著劑之折射率宜為1.575以上(例如大於1.575),較宜為1.580以上,更宜為1.585以上,尤宜為1.590以上(例如1.595以上)。藉由具有所述折射率之黏著劑,可利用該黏著劑與被黏著體之折射率差,來有效控制光的行為。在此揭示之黏著劑之數個態樣中,該黏著劑之折射率例如可為1.600以上或大於1.600,1.605以上或大於1.605,或者1.610以上或大於1.610。黏著劑之折射率的理想上限可因應被黏著體的折射率等而不同,故不受特定範圍所限。在數個態樣中,考量到與黏著特性或透明性之平衡,黏著劑之折射率例如可為1.700以下,可為1.670以下,亦可為1.650以下。In several aspects, the refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive is preferably 1.575 or higher (eg, greater than 1.575), preferably 1.580 or higher, more preferably 1.585 or higher, and particularly preferably 1.590 or higher (eg, 1.595 or higher). By using the adhesive with the refractive index, the difference in refractive index between the adhesive and the adherend can be used to effectively control the behavior of light. In several aspects of the adhesives disclosed herein, the adhesive may have a refractive index of, for example, 1.600 or more or 1.600, 1.605 or more or more than 1.605, or 1.610 or more or more than 1.610. The ideal upper limit of the refractive index of the adhesive may vary according to the refractive index of the adherend, etc., so it is not limited to a specific range. In several aspects, the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.700 or less, 1.670 or less, or 1.650 or less, in consideration of a balance with adhesive properties or transparency.

<黏著片> 根據本說明書,提供一種具有黏著劑層之黏著片。構成上述黏著劑層之黏著劑可為由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑(例如該黏著劑組成物之硬化物)。 上述黏著片可為於非剝離性基材(支持基材)之單面或兩面具有黏著劑層之形態的附基材之黏著片,亦可為上述黏著劑層保持於剝離襯墊之形態等的無基材之黏著片(即不具非剝離性基材之黏著片,典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)。在此所提黏著片之概念可包含稱為黏著膠帶、黏著標籤、黏著薄膜等者。在此揭示之黏著片可為卷狀亦可為薄片狀。或者亦可為進一步加工成各種形狀之形態的黏著片。<Adhesive Sheet> According to the present specification, an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer is provided. The adhesive constituting the above-mentioned adhesive layer may be an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein (eg, a hardened product of the adhesive composition). The above-mentioned adhesive sheet may be a substrate-attached adhesive sheet in the form of having an adhesive layer on one side or both sides of a non-peelable substrate (supporting substrate), or a form in which the above-mentioned adhesive layer is held on a release liner, etc. A non-substrate adhesive sheet (ie, an adhesive sheet without a non-peelable substrate, typically an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer). The concept of the adhesive sheet mentioned herein may include those called adhesive tapes, adhesive labels, adhesive films, and the like. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet further processed into various shapes.

將在此揭示之黏著片的一構成例顯示於圖1。該黏著片1係構成為單面接著性之黏著片(單面黏著片),其包含:黏著劑層10,其係第1表面10A成為貼附於被黏著體之貼附面(黏著面)者;及支持基材20,其係積層於黏著劑層10之第2表面10B者。黏著劑層10之第2表面10B係接合於支持基材20之第1面(非剝離性表面)20A。作為支持基材20可使用例如聚酯薄膜等的塑膠薄膜。支持基材20亦可為例如偏光板等之光學薄膜。使用前(貼附於被黏著體前)之黏著片1例如可如圖1所示,為黏著面10A被剝離襯墊30保護之附剝離襯墊之黏著片50的形態,而該剝離襯墊30係至少該黏著劑層側成為剝離性表面(剝離面)者。或者,亦可為以下形態:支持基材20之第2面20B(與第1面20A相反之側的表面,亦稱背面)成為剝離面,且以使黏著面10A抵接該第2面20B之方式捲繞或積層,藉以保護黏著面10A。黏著劑層10可為單層結構,亦可為2層以上組成相異之子黏著劑層直接接觸(亦即,未被藉由非黏著性材料構成之層隔開)積層而成之積層結構。A configuration example of the adhesive sheet disclosed here is shown in FIG. 1 . The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 1 is constituted as a single-sided adhesive pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet), and includes an adhesive layer 10 whose first surface 10A serves as an adhesion surface (adhesive surface) to adhere to an adherend and the supporting substrate 20, which is laminated on the second surface 10B of the adhesive layer 10. The second surface 10B of the adhesive layer 10 is bonded to the first surface (non-peelable surface) 20A of the support substrate 20 . As the support substrate 20, a plastic film such as a polyester film can be used, for example. The support substrate 20 may also be an optical film such as a polarizing plate. For example, as shown in FIG. 1 , the adhesive sheet 1 before use (before being attached to the adherend) can be in the form of a release liner-attached adhesive sheet 50 in which the adhesive surface 10A is protected by the release liner 30 , and the release liner 30 series is that at least the adhesive layer side becomes the peelable surface (peelable surface). Alternatively, the second surface 20B (the surface on the opposite side to the first surface 20A, also referred to as the back surface) of the support substrate 20 may be the peeling surface, and the second surface 20B may be brought into contact with the adhesive surface 10A. It is wound or laminated in such a way as to protect the adhesive surface 10A. The adhesive layer 10 may be a single-layer structure, or may be a laminated structure in which two or more sub-adhesive layers with different compositions are in direct contact (ie, not separated by layers composed of non-adhesive materials) laminated.

剝離襯墊無特別限定,例如可使用樹脂薄膜或紙等之襯墊基材之表面經剝離處理之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由氟系聚合物(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)之低接著性材料構成之剝離襯墊等。上述剝離處理可使用例如聚矽氧系、長鏈烷基系等剝離處理劑。在數個態樣中,可適宜採用經剝離處理之樹脂薄膜作為剝離襯墊。The release liner is not particularly limited, for example, a release liner with a surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper that has been peeled off, or a fluorine-based polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin-based release liner can be used. Release liners, etc., made of low-adhesion materials of resins (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). For the above-mentioned peeling treatment, for example, a peeling treatment agent such as polysiloxane-based and long-chain alkyl-based can be used. In several aspects, a release-treated resin film may suitably be used as a release liner.

在此揭示之黏著片亦可為由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片的態樣。如圖2所示,無基材之雙面黏著片2在使用前可為以下形態:黏著劑層10之第1表面(第1黏著面)10A及第2表面(第2黏著面)10B被至少該黏著劑層側成為剝離性表面(剝離面)之剝離襯墊31、32保護。或者,亦可為以下形態:剝離襯墊31之背面(與黏著劑側相反之側的表面)成為剝離面,且以使黏著面10B抵接剝離襯墊31之背面之方式捲繞或積層,藉以保護黏著面10A、10B。所述無基材之雙面黏著片例如可於第1黏著面及第2黏著面中至少一黏著面接合基材(可為光學薄膜等光學構件)來使用。構成無基材之雙面黏著片之黏著劑層與圖1所示黏著片1中之黏著劑層10同樣地可為單層結構,亦可為2層以上組成相異之子黏著劑層直接接觸積層而成之積層結構。The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may also be in the form of a substrateless double-sided adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer. As shown in FIG. 2 , the double-sided adhesive sheet 2 without substrate can be in the following form before use: the first surface (first adhesive surface) 10A and the second surface (second adhesive surface) 10B of the adhesive layer 10 are At least the side of the adhesive layer is protected by the release liners 31 and 32 of the releasable surface (release surface). Alternatively, the back surface of the release liner 31 (the surface on the opposite side to the adhesive side) may be the release surface, and the adhesive surface 10B may be wound or laminated so that the back surface of the release liner 31 abuts, Thereby, the adhesive surfaces 10A and 10B are protected. The double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate can be used, for example, by bonding a substrate (which may be an optical member such as an optical film) on at least one of the first adhesive surface and the second adhesive surface. Like the adhesive layer 10 in the adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1, the adhesive layer constituting the double-sided adhesive sheet without the base material can be a single-layer structure, or it can also be two or more sub-adhesive layers with different compositions in direct contact with each other. Laminated structure.

在此揭示之黏著片可為黏著劑層之一表面接合有光學構件的附黏著片之光學構件的構成要素。例如,圖1所示黏著片1可如圖3所示,為黏著劑層10之一表面10A接合有光學構件70的附黏著片之光學構件100的構成要素。上述光學構件例如可為玻璃板、樹脂薄膜、金屬板等。又,在圖1所示之黏著片1中,當支持基材20為光學薄膜等之光學構件時,該黏著片1可視為黏著劑層10之第2表面10B接合有光學構件的附黏著片之光學構件。The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be a constituent element of the optical member of the adhesive sheet to which the optical member is bonded to one surface of the adhesive layer. For example, as shown in FIG. 3 , the adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 may be a constituent element of the optical member 100 of the adhesive sheet with the optical member 70 bonded to one surface 10A of the adhesive layer 10 . The above-mentioned optical member may be, for example, a glass plate, a resin film, a metal plate, or the like. Furthermore, in the adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 , when the support substrate 20 is an optical member such as an optical film, the adhesive sheet 1 can be regarded as an adhesive sheet in which the optical member is bonded to the second surface 10B of the adhesive layer 10 of optical components.

又,雖無特別圖示,但在此揭示之黏著片亦可為下述附基材之雙面接著性黏著片(附基材之雙面黏著片)之形態:具備具有非剝離性之第1面及第2面的支持基材,並且上述第1面上固定積層有第1黏著劑層,且上述第2面上固定積層有第2黏著劑層。作為所述附基材之雙面黏著片的構成例,可舉下述形態:在圖1所示單面黏著片1中,支持基材20之第2面20B為非剝離性表面且該第2面20B上設有第2黏著劑層,上述第2黏著劑層之第2表面接合於支持基材20之第2面20B,且上述第2黏著劑層之第1表面(與第2表面相反之側的表面)成為附基材之雙面黏著片的第2黏著面。構成第2黏著劑層之黏著劑之組成可與構成第1黏著劑層之黏著劑之組成相同,亦可互異。使用前之附基材之雙面黏著片與上述無基材之雙面黏著片同樣地,可為第1黏著面及第2黏著面被剝離襯墊保護之形態。In addition, although there is no special illustration, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can also be in the form of the following double-sided adhesive sheet with substrate (double-sided adhesive sheet with substrate): The support base material on the first surface and the second surface, wherein the first adhesive layer is fixed and laminated on the first surface, and the second adhesive layer is fixed and laminated on the second surface. As an example of the configuration of the double-sided adhesive sheet with the substrate, in the single-sided adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 , the second surface 20B of the support substrate 20 is a non-peelable surface and the second surface A second adhesive layer is provided on the two surfaces 20B, the second surface of the second adhesive layer is bonded to the second surface 20B of the support substrate 20, and the first surface (and the second surface of the second adhesive layer) The surface on the opposite side) becomes the second adhesive surface of the double-sided adhesive sheet with the base material. The composition of the adhesive constituting the second adhesive layer may be the same as or different from the composition of the adhesive constituting the first adhesive layer. The double-sided adhesive sheet with the base material before use may be in a form in which the first adhesive surface and the second adhesive surface are protected by a release liner, similarly to the above-described double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material.

在此揭示之黏著片為兩面成為黏著面之雙面黏著片(包含無基材之雙面黏著片及附基材之雙面黏著片兩者;在未特別說明之前提下,以下皆同)之形態時,第1黏著面及第2黏著面之折射率無特別限制。在數個態樣中,宜至少第1黏著面滿足上述任一折射率,亦可為第1黏著面及第2黏著面皆滿足上述任一折射率之雙面黏著片。 在數個態樣中,第2黏著面之折射率n2 可為與第1黏著面之折射率n1 大致相同程度。更具體而言,兩黏著面之折射率之差的絕對值、亦即|n1 -n2 |,可為例如小於0.05,或小於0.03,或小於0.01。|n1 -n2 |的下限可為0.00,亦可大於0.00。兩黏著面之折射率的相對關係可為n1 >n2 ,可為n1 <n2 ,亦可為n1 =n2 。 在其他數個態樣中,黏著片之第1黏著面的折射率n1 與第2黏著面的折射率n2 之差、亦即n1 -n2 ,例如可大於0.00,可為0.01以上,可為0.03以上,可為0.05以上,可為0.10以上,可為0.15以上,可為0.20以上,亦可為0.25以上。n1 與n2 之大小關係亦可相反。在第1黏著面與第2黏著面之折射率相異的雙面黏著片例如可藉由下述方法實現:在附基材之雙面黏著片中,於非剝離性支持基材積層折射率相異之第1、第2黏著劑層;或是,將構成無基材之雙面黏著片之黏著劑層做成2層以上折射率相異之子黏著劑層的積層結構。The adhesive sheet disclosed here is a double-sided adhesive sheet with both sides being the adhesive side (including both a double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate and a double-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate; unless otherwise specified, the same applies hereinafter) In this form, the refractive index of the first adhesive surface and the second adhesive surface is not particularly limited. In several aspects, at least the first adhesive surface preferably satisfies any one of the above-mentioned refractive indices, and may be a double-sided adhesive sheet in which both the first and second adhesive surfaces satisfy any of the above-mentioned refractive indices. In several aspects, the refractive index n 2 of the second adhesive surface may be approximately the same as the refractive index n 1 of the first adhesive surface. More specifically, the absolute value of the difference between the refractive indices of the two adhesive surfaces, ie |n 1 -n 2 |, may be, for example, less than 0.05, or less than 0.03, or less than 0.01. The lower limit of |n 1 -n 2 | may be 0.00 or more than 0.00. The relative relationship between the refractive indices of the two adhesive surfaces may be n 1 >n 2 , n 1 <n 2 , or n 1 =n 2 . In several other aspects, the adhesive surface of the first adhesive sheet of refractive index n 1 n 2 the refractive index difference between the second surface of the adhesive, i.e., n 1 -n 2, may be greater than 0.00 e.g., 0.01 or more can be , may be 0.03 or more, 0.05 or more, 0.10 or more, 0.15 or more, 0.20 or more, or 0.25 or more. The magnitude relationship between n 1 and n 2 can also be reversed. A double-sided adhesive sheet having different refractive indices on the first adhesive surface and the second adhesive surface can be realized, for example, by the following method: in the double-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate, the refractive index is laminated on a non-peelable support substrate Different first and second adhesive layers; or, the adhesive layer constituting the double-sided adhesive sheet without the base material is made into a laminated structure of two or more sub-adhesive layers with different refractive indices.

在此揭示之黏著片的黏著劑層可藉由在對適當表面賦予(例如塗佈)黏著劑組成物後使該組成物硬化來形成。黏著劑組成物之塗佈例如可使用凹版輥塗佈機、反向輥塗佈機、接觸輥塗佈機、浸漬輥塗佈機、棒塗機、刮刀塗佈機、噴塗機等慣用之塗佈機來實施。The adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be formed by hardening the adhesive composition after imparting (eg, coating) the adhesive composition to a suitable surface. The adhesive composition can be applied by, for example, a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a touch roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a spray coater, and the like. cloth machine to implement.

在此揭示之黏著片的黏著劑層可為具有後硬化性之黏著劑層,亦可為不具後硬化性之黏著劑層。在此,具有後硬化性之黏著劑層係指可藉由熱或活性能量線(例如紫外線)之照射來使其進一步硬化之黏著劑層。作為具有後硬化性之黏著劑層之例可舉:於基底聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物(A))之側鏈具有未反應之乙烯性不飽和基之黏著劑層、或包含未反應多官能性單體的黏著劑層。在數個態樣中,黏著劑層宜不具後硬化性。不具後硬化性之黏著劑層不會發生伴隨後硬化反應之尺寸變化(即尺寸穩定性佳),因此容易抑制黏著片或貼附有該黏著片之被黏著體的翹曲。不會發生後硬化所造成之尺寸變化(例如硬化收縮)由抑制黏著劑層之光學應變之觀點來看亦有利。The adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be an adhesive layer with post-curing properties or an adhesive layer without post-curing properties. Here, the adhesive layer having post-curability refers to an adhesive layer that can be further hardened by irradiation of heat or active energy rays (eg, ultraviolet rays). Examples of the adhesive layer having post-curing properties include an adhesive layer having an unreacted ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain of a base polymer (eg, acrylic polymer (A)), or an adhesive layer containing an unreacted polyamide. Adhesive layer of functional monomers. In several aspects, the adhesive layer preferably does not have post-hardening properties. The adhesive layer without post-curing properties does not undergo dimensional changes accompanying the post-curing reaction (that is, good dimensional stability), so it is easy to suppress the warpage of the adhesive sheet or the adherend to which the adhesive sheet is attached. It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing the optical strain of the adhesive layer that dimensional changes caused by post-hardening (eg, hardening shrinkage) do not occur.

黏著劑層之厚度無特別限定,例如可設為3µm以上。在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如可為5µm以上,可為10µm以上,可為20µm以上,可為30µm以上,可為50µm以上,亦可為70µm以上或85µm以上。又,在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如可為300µm以下,可為250µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為150µm以下,亦可為120µm以下。黏著劑層之厚度不過大一事由黏著片之薄型化等觀點來看是有利的。在此揭示之技術例如適宜在黏著劑層之厚度成為3µm~200µm(較宜為5µm~100µm)之範圍之態樣下實施。此外,為基材之第1面及第2面具有第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層之黏著片時,上述黏著劑層之厚度至少可應用於第1黏著劑層之厚度。第2黏著劑層之厚度亦可從相同範圍中選擇。又,在由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片中,該黏著劑層之厚度即為黏著片之厚度。The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but can be set to, for example, 3 µm or more. In several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 5 µm or more, 10 µm or more, 20 µm or more, 30 µm or more, 50 µm or more, 70 µm or more, or 85 µm or more. Furthermore, in several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 µm or less, 250 µm or less, 200 µm or less, 150 µm or less, or 120 µm or less. The fact that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning of the adhesive sheet. For example, the technique disclosed here is suitable to be implemented in a state where the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 µm to 200 µm (preferably 5 µm to 100 µm). In addition, in the case of an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer on the first and second surfaces of the substrate, the thickness of the above-mentioned adhesive layer can be applied to at least the thickness of the first adhesive layer. The thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range. In addition, in the double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate composed of an adhesive layer, the thickness of the adhesive layer is the thickness of the adhesive sheet.

(全光線透射率) 在此揭示之技術中,黏著劑層之全光線透射率例如大於50%是適當的,且70%以上為佳。在數個理想態樣中,上述被黏著體之全光線透射率為85%以上,宜為86%以上,較宜為88%以上,90%以上(例如大於90.0%)較佳,亦可為90.5%以上。具有如所述透明性高之黏著劑層的黏著片可以具有基材之構成或不具有基材之構成適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之全光線透射率可為93%以上,亦可為95%以上。全光線透射率的上限在理論上係從100%排除在空氣界面產生之反射所造成之光損失(弗芮耳損失(Fresnel loss))所得之值,實用上可為大約98%以下,可為大約96%以下,亦可為大約95%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,黏著劑層之全光線透射率可為大約94%以下,可為大約93%以下,亦可為大約92%以下。全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售的透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。更具體來說,例如可依後述實施例來測定黏著劑層之全光線透射率。黏著劑層之全光線透射率可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑層之組成或厚度等來調節。(total light transmittance) In the technique disclosed herein, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is suitable, for example, greater than 50%, and preferably 70% or more. In several ideal forms, the total light transmittance of the adherend is above 85%, preferably above 86%, preferably above 88%, preferably above 90% (for example, above 90.0%), or More than 90.5%. The adhesive sheet with the above-mentioned high-transparency adhesive layer can have the structure of the base material or the structure without the base material. For good visibility of the properties of the adherend. In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be 93% or higher, or 95% or higher. The upper limit of the total light transmittance is theoretically a value obtained by excluding the light loss (Fresnel loss) caused by reflection at the air interface by 100%. About 96% or less, and also about 95% or less. In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be about 94% or less, may be about 93% or less, or may be about 92% or less, considering refractive index or adhesive properties. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. For the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory or its equivalent can be used. More specifically, for example, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer can be measured according to the following examples. The total light transmittance of the adhesive layer can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive layer.

在此揭示之黏著片為第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層被固定積層在支持基材上之附基材之雙面黏著片之形態時,宜至少第1黏著劑層滿足上述任一全光線透射率。於光在黏著片之厚度方向上穿透之使用態樣中,第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層兩者宜滿足上述任一全光線透射率。兩黏著劑層之全光線透射率的相對關係可為第1黏著劑層>第2黏著劑層,可為第1黏著劑層<第2黏著劑層,亦可為第1黏著劑層=第2黏著劑層。When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet in which the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are fixed and laminated on the support substrate, at least the first adhesive layer preferably satisfies any one of the above Total light transmittance. In the use state in which light penetrates in the thickness direction of the adhesive sheet, both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer preferably satisfy any one of the above-mentioned total light transmittances. The relative relationship between the total light transmittances of the two adhesive layers can be the first adhesive layer > the second adhesive layer, the first adhesive layer < the second adhesive layer, or the first adhesive layer = the first adhesive layer. 2 Adhesive layers.

(霧度值) 在數個態樣中,構成黏著片之黏著劑層的霧度值例如可為5.0%以下,宜為3.0%以下(例如2.0%以下),1.0%以下較佳,0.9%以下更佳。具有如所述透明性高之黏著劑層的黏著片可以具有基材之構成或不具有基材之構成適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之霧度值可為0.8%以下,可為0.5%以下,亦可為0.3%以下。黏著劑層之霧度值的下限無特別限制,由提升透明性之觀點來看霧度值越小越好。另一方面,在數個態樣中,考量到到折射率或黏著特性,霧度值例如可為0.05%以上,可為0.1%以上,可為0.2%以上,可為0.3%以上,亦可為0.4%以上。關於黏著劑層之該等霧度值亦可適宜應用於將在此揭示之技術以無基材之黏著片(典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)之形態實施時之該黏著片的霧度值。(Haze value) In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less (eg, 2.0% or less), preferably 1.0% or less, and more preferably 0.9% or less. The adhesive sheet with the above-mentioned high-transparency adhesive layer can have the structure of the base material or the structure without the base material. For good visibility of the properties of the adherend. In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive layer may be 0.8% or less, 0.5% or less, or 0.3% or less. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in several aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, 0.2% or more, 0.3% or more, or more in consideration of refractive index or adhesive properties. above 0.4%. These haze values for the adhesive layer can also be suitably applied to the application of the adhesive sheet when the technique disclosed herein is implemented in the form of an adhesive sheet without a substrate (typically, an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer). haze value.

在此「霧度值」意指對測定對象照射可見光時漫透射光相對於全透射光之比率。亦稱為Haze Value。霧度值可以下式表示。 Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 上述式中,Th為霧度值(%),Td為散射光透射率,Tt為全光透射率。霧度值之測定可依照後述實施例記載之方法來進行。黏著劑層之霧度值可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑層之組成或厚度等來調節。Here, the "haze value" means the ratio of diffusely transmitted light to total transmitted light when a measurement object is irradiated with visible light. Also known as Haze Value. The haze value can be represented by the following formula. Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The measurement of the haze value can be performed according to the method described in the following examples. The haze value of the adhesive layer can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive layer.

在此揭示之黏著片為第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層被固定積層在支持基材上之附基材之雙面黏著片之形態時,只要至少第1黏著劑層滿足上述任一霧度值即可,而第2黏著劑層之霧度值無特別限制。於光在黏著片之厚度方向上穿透之使用態樣中,第2黏著劑層之霧度值宜滿足上述第1黏著劑層之霧度值中之任一者。兩黏著劑層之霧度值的相對關係可為第1黏著劑層>第2黏著劑層,可為第1黏著劑層<第2黏著劑層,亦可為第1黏著劑層=第2黏著劑層。When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet in which the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are fixed and laminated on the support substrate, as long as at least the first adhesive layer satisfies any one of the above The haze value may be sufficient, and the haze value of the second adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In the use state in which light penetrates in the thickness direction of the adhesive sheet, the haze value of the second adhesive layer should preferably satisfy any one of the haze values of the first adhesive layer. The relative relationship between the haze values of the two adhesive layers can be the first adhesive layer > the second adhesive layer, the first adhesive layer < the second adhesive layer, or the first adhesive layer = the second adhesive layer.

(黏著面之表面平滑性) 在此揭示之黏著片之數個態樣中,該黏著片之黏著面宜具有高表面平滑性。(Surface smoothness of adhesive surface) In the several aspects of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet preferably has a high surface smoothness.

例如,上述黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra宜被限制在預定值以下。由光學均質性之觀點來看,宜為具備設計成算術平均粗度Ra變低之黏著面的構成。藉由限制算術平均粗度Ra,例如在通過上述黏著面擷取光之使用態樣(在發光裝置中配置於較自發光元件更靠視點側之黏著片等)中,便可發揮抑制因黏著劑層之表面狀態而發生亮度不均的效果。黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra低一事亦有利於抑制光學應變,而光學應變之抑制亦有助於提升光學均質性。在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,宜至少第1黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra被限制在預定值以下,較佳為兩黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra皆被限制在預定值以下。藉由雙面黏著片之各黏著面具有高表面平滑性,可適宜實現光學均質性優異之接著。For example, the arithmetic mean thickness Ra of the above-mentioned adhesive surfaces is preferably limited to a predetermined value or less. From the viewpoint of optical homogeneity, it is preferable to have an adhesive surface designed to have a low arithmetic mean roughness Ra. By limiting the arithmetic mean roughness Ra, for example, in the use state where light is captured through the above-mentioned adhesive surface (the adhesive sheet arranged on the viewpoint side of the light-emitting device in a light-emitting device, etc.), it is possible to exert a restraint due to sticking. The effect of uneven brightness occurs due to the surface state of the agent layer. The fact that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is low also helps to suppress optical strain, and the suppression of optical strain also helps to improve optical homogeneity. When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, at least the arithmetic mean thickness Ra of the first adhesive surface should be limited to a predetermined value or less, preferably two adhesive surfaces. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the planes is limited to a predetermined value or less. Since each adhesive surface of the double-sided adhesive sheet has high surface smoothness, it is possible to suitably realize the bonding with excellent optical homogeneity.

在數個態樣中,黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra宜為大約70nm以下,較宜為大約65nm以下,更宜為大約55nm以下,可小於50nm,可小於45nm,亦可小於40nm。由生產效率等觀點來看,在數個態樣中,黏著片之黏著面的算術平均粗度Ra例如可為大約10nm以上,可為大約20nm以上,亦可為大約30nm以上(例如大約40nm以上)。在黏著片具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之態樣中,第1黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra與第2黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra可為相同程度,亦可不同。In several aspects, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is preferably about 70 nm or less, preferably about 65 nm or less, more preferably about 55 nm or less, may be less than 50 nm, may be less than 45 nm, and may be less than 40 nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, etc., in several aspects, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 20 nm or more, or about 30 nm or more (for example, about 40 nm or more). ). When the adhesive sheet has a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the arithmetic mean thickness Ra of the first adhesive surface and the arithmetic mean thickness Ra of the second adhesive surface may be the same or different.

又,例如,上述黏著面之最大高度Rz宜被限制在預定值以下。由光學均質性之觀點來看,宜為具備設計成最大高度Rz變低之黏著面的構成。藉由限制最大高度Rz,例如在如上述通過上述黏著面擷取光之使用態樣中,便可發揮抑制因黏著劑層之表面狀態而發生亮度不均的效果。黏著面之最大高度Rz低一事亦有利於抑制光學應變。在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,宜至少第1黏著面之最大高度Rz被限制在預定值以下,較佳為兩黏著面之最大高度Rz皆被限制在預定值以下。藉由雙面黏著片之各黏著面具有高表面平滑性,可適宜實現光學均質性優異之接著。Also, for example, the maximum height Rz of the above-mentioned adhesive surface is preferably limited to a predetermined value or less. From the viewpoint of optical homogeneity, it is preferable to have a structure with an adhesive surface designed to have a lower maximum height Rz. By limiting the maximum height Rz, the effect of suppressing uneven brightness due to the surface state of the adhesive layer can be exhibited, for example, in the use aspect in which light is captured through the adhesive surface as described above. The fact that the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is low is also beneficial for suppressing optical strain. When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, it is preferable that at least the maximum height Rz of the first adhesive surface be limited to a predetermined value or less, preferably the height of the two adhesive surfaces The maximum heights Rz are all limited below a predetermined value. Since each adhesive surface of the double-sided adhesive sheet has high surface smoothness, it is possible to suitably realize the bonding with excellent optical homogeneity.

在數個態樣中,黏著面之最大高度Rz宜為大約600nm以下,較宜為大約500nm以下,更宜為大約450nm以下,尤宜為大約400nm以下,可小於350nm,可小於300nm,亦可小於250nm。由生產效率等觀點來看,在數個態樣中,黏著片之黏著面的最大高度Rz例如可為大約10nm以上,可為大約50nm以上,可為大約100nm以上,亦可為大約200nm以上。在黏著片具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之態樣中,第1黏著面之最大高度Rz與第2黏著面之最大高度Rz可為相同程度,亦可不同。In several aspects, the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is preferably about 600 nm or less, preferably about 500 nm or less, more preferably about 450 nm or less, especially about 400 nm or less, may be less than 350 nm, may be less than 300 nm, or less than 250nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency and the like, in several aspects, the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 50 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, or about 200 nm or more. In an aspect in which the adhesive sheet has a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the maximum height Rz of the first adhesive surface and the maximum height Rz of the second adhesive surface may be the same or different.

黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra及最大高度Rz係使用非接觸式表面粗度測定裝置測定。非接觸式表面粗度測定裝置可使用光干涉方式表面粗度測定裝置,例如可使用3維光學輪廓儀(商品名「NewView7300」,ZYGO公司製)或其等效品。具體而言,例如可藉由以下測定方法或以可獲得與利用該測定方法之情況同等或對應之結果之方式來設定測定操作或測定條件,來測定算術平均粗度Ra及最大高度Rz。 即,使用3維光學輪廓儀(商品名「NewView7300」,ZYGO公司製),在23℃、50%RH之環境下在以下條件下測定測定用試樣之表面形狀。從測得之資料依循JIS B 0601-2001算出算術表面粗度Ra。最大高度Rz係針對藉由上述測定所得資料(粗度曲線),求出自該粗度曲線之平均線至上側最高之頂部之高度Rp與自上述平均線至下側最深之谷部之深度Rv的和。進行5次Ra及Rz之測定(亦即N=5),並使用該等之平均值。 上述測定用試樣例如可將測定對象之黏著劑層或包含該黏著劑層之黏著片裁切成長度150mm、寬度50mm左右之尺寸來調製。黏著面已被剝離襯墊保護時,平穩地(例如在拉伸速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下)剝除該剝離襯墊,使黏著面露出。宜在使黏著面露出後靜置30分鐘左右後再進行測定。 [測定條件] 測定面積:5.62mm×4.22mm (物鏡:2.5倍,內部透鏡:0.5倍) 解析模式: Remove:Cylinder Data Fill:ON(Max:25) Remove Spikes:ON (xRMS:1) Filter:OFFThe arithmetic mean roughness Ra and the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface were measured using a non-contact surface roughness measuring device. As the non-contact surface roughness measuring device, an optical interference method surface roughness measuring device can be used, for example, a three-dimensional optical profiler (trade name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO Corporation) or its equivalent can be used. Specifically, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra and the maximum height Rz can be measured by, for example, the following measurement method or by setting the measurement operation or measurement conditions so as to obtain the same or corresponding results as in the case of using the measurement method. That is, using a three-dimensional optical profiler (trade name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO Corporation), the surface shape of the measurement sample was measured under the following conditions in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH. From the measured data, the arithmetic surface roughness Ra was calculated in accordance with JIS B 0601-2001. The maximum height Rz is based on the data obtained by the above measurement (roughness curve), and the height Rp from the average line of the thickness curve to the highest top on the upper side and the depth Rv from the average line to the deepest valley on the lower side are obtained. and. Five determinations of Ra and Rz were performed (ie, N=5), and the average of these was used. The measurement sample can be prepared by cutting, for example, an adhesive layer to be measured or an adhesive sheet including the adhesive layer into a size of about 150 mm in length and 50 mm in width. When the adhesive surface has been protected by the release liner, peel off the release liner smoothly (for example, under the conditions of a stretching speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°) to expose the adhesive surface. After exposing the adhesive surface, it is advisable to stand for about 30 minutes before measuring. [Measurement conditions] Measurement area: 5.62mm×4.22mm (objective lens: 2.5 times, inner lens: 0.5 times) Parsing mode: Remove: Cylinder Data Fill: ON (Max: 25) Remove Spikes: ON (xRMS: 1) Filter: OFF

黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra及最大高度Rz可藉由用於形成黏著劑層之黏著劑組成物之組成或性狀(黏度、調平性等)、保護黏著面之剝離襯墊之表面(剝離面)的性狀等來調節。The arithmetic mean roughness Ra and the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface can be determined by the composition or properties (viscosity, leveling, etc.) of the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer, the surface of the release liner protecting the adhesive surface (peeling surface) properties, etc. to adjust.

(儲存彈性模數G') 在此揭示之黏著片中,構成黏著劑層之黏著劑在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(以下亦稱「儲存彈性模數G'(25)」)可因應使用目的或使用態樣等適當設定,不受特定範圍所限。黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)例如可為大約700kPa以下。在數個態樣中,由對被黏著體之貼附容易性等觀點來看,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)為大約600kPa以下是有利的,宜為500kPa以下,較宜為400kPa以下(例如350kPa以下)。在數個態樣中,由提高黏著劑在室溫區域(例如25℃)下之柔軟性而易密著於被黏著體之觀點來看,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)為大約330kPa以下是有利的,且宜為300kPa以下。在更重視在室溫區域下之貼附性或柔軟性之數個態樣中,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)例如可小於270kPa或小於250kPa,而小於200kPa是有利的,且宜小於180kPa,較宜小於160kPa(例如小於140kPa)。在數個態樣中,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)可小於100kPa,亦可小於90kPa。黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(25)的下限無特別限制,惟由加工性或處理性等觀點來看,例如可為30kPa以上,可為50kPa以上,亦可為70kPa以上。在數個態樣中,考量到高折射率化,儲存彈性模數G'(25)可為100kPa以上,可為150kPa以上,可為200kPa以上,可為250kPa以上,亦可為300kPa以上。(stored elastic modulus G') In the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the storage elastic modulus G' (hereinafter also referred to as "storage elastic modulus G' (25)") of the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer at 25°C can be adjusted according to the purpose of use or the state of use and other appropriate settings, not limited to a specific range. The storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive may be, for example, about 700 kPa or less. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of the ease of attachment to the adherend, etc., the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive is preferably about 600 kPa or less, preferably 500 kPa or less, more preferably 400kPa or less (for example, 350kPa or less). In several aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive at room temperature (eg, 25°C) and making it easy to adhere to the adherend, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive is About 330 kPa or less is advantageous, and preferably 300 kPa or less. In aspects where adherence or softness in the room temperature region is more important, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive may be, for example, less than 270 kPa or less than 250 kPa, with less than 200 kPa being advantageous, and It is preferably less than 180kPa, more preferably less than 160kPa (for example, less than 140kPa). In several aspects, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive may be less than 100 kPa or less than 90 kPa. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of processability and handling properties, it may be, for example, 30 kPa or more, 50 kPa or more, or 70 kPa or more. In several aspects, considering the high refractive index, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) may be 100 kPa or more, 150 kPa or more, 200 kPa or more, 250 kPa or more, or 300 kPa or more.

在此揭示之黏著片中,構成黏著劑層之黏著劑在50℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(以下亦稱「儲存彈性模數G'(50)」)無特別限定,例如可小於100kPa。在數個態樣中,儲存彈性模數G'(50)小於60kPa是適當的,且宜小於40kPa,較宜小於38kPa(例如小於36kPa)。如所述儲存彈性模數G'(50)經限制之黏著劑,可視需求藉由進行適度之加熱來輕易地提高對被黏著體之密著性,藉此可提升對被黏著體之接著性。黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(50)的下限無特別限制。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑之耐熱特性之觀點來看,儲存彈性模數G'(50)例如可為10kPa以上,可為15kPa以上,可為20kPa以上,亦可為23kPa以上。In the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the storage elastic modulus G' (hereinafter also referred to as "storage elastic modulus G'(50)") of the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer at 50°C is not particularly limited, for example, it may be less than 100 kPa . In several aspects, the storage elastic modulus G'(50) is suitably less than 60 kPa, preferably less than 40 kPa, more preferably less than 38 kPa (eg, less than 36 kPa). Such as the adhesive with limited storage elastic modulus G'(50), the adhesiveness to the adherend can be easily improved by performing moderate heating as required, thereby improving the adhesiveness to the adherend . The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(50) of the adhesive is not particularly limited. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of the heat resistance properties of the adhesive, the storage elastic modulus G'(50) may be, for example, 10 kPa or more, 15 kPa or more, 20 kPa or more, or 23 kPa or more.

在此揭示之黏著劑之數個態樣中,該黏著劑宜滿足以下條件之至少一者: (a)在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(25)為350kPa以下(宜小於200kPa,例如180kPa以下);及 (b)在50℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(50)小於60kPa(宜小於50kPa,較宜小於40kPa,例如小於38kPa)。 至少滿足上述條件(a)之黏著劑,由在室溫區域(例如25℃)下對被黏著體之密著性之觀點來看實為理想。至少滿足上述條件(b)之黏著劑因可藉由加熱至較室溫稍高之程度的溫度來輕易地提升對被黏著體之密著性(接著性),故為佳。不滿足上述條件(a)且滿足上述(b)之黏著劑可作為熱活化型黏著劑來利用,其在室溫區域下貼附之初始時重工性(重新貼合性)佳,藉由加熱至較室溫稍高之程度的溫度就可有效提升被黏著體之剝離強度。上述熱活化亦可在貼附於被黏著體時,藉由將黏著劑加熱至較室溫稍高之程度的溫度來進行。上述所謂較室溫稍高之程度的溫度例如為60℃左右或其以下,且宜為55℃左右或其以下(例如為50℃左右或其以下)。In the several aspects of the adhesive disclosed herein, the adhesive preferably satisfies at least one of the following conditions: (a) the storage elastic modulus G'(25) at 25°C is below 350kPa (preferably below 200kPa, for example below 180kPa); and (b) The storage elastic modulus G'(50) at 50°C is less than 60kPa (preferably less than 50kPa, more preferably less than 40kPa, eg less than 38kPa). An adhesive that satisfies at least the above-mentioned condition (a) is ideal from the viewpoint of the adhesiveness to the adherend in a room temperature region (eg, 25° C.). The adhesive that satisfies at least the above-mentioned condition (b) is preferable because the adhesiveness (adhesion) to the adherend can be easily improved by heating to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature. Adhesives that do not satisfy the above condition (a) and satisfy the above (b) can be used as heat-activated adhesives, which have good reworkability (re-adhesion) at the initial stage of attachment at room temperature. A temperature slightly higher than room temperature can effectively improve the peel strength of the adherend. The above-mentioned thermal activation can also be performed by heating the adhesive to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature when it is attached to an adherend. The above-mentioned temperature slightly higher than room temperature is, for example, about 60°C or less, and preferably about 55°C or less (for example, about 50°C or less).

在此揭示之黏著片之數個態樣中,構成黏著劑層之黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(50)[kPa]相對於儲存彈性模數G'(25)[kPa]之比、亦即儲存彈性模數比G'(50)/G'(25),例如為70%以下,可為40%以下,可為30%以下,亦可為20%以下。G'(50)/G'(25)小之黏著劑適於作為上述熱活化型黏著劑使用。G'(50)/G'(25)的下限無特別限制。G'(50)/G'(25)例如為5%以上,而由黏著劑之耐熱特性之觀點來看,宜為10%以上,可為12%以上,亦可為15%以上。In several aspects of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'(50) [kPa] of the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer to the storage elastic modulus G'(25) [kPa], That is, the storage elastic modulus ratio G'(50)/G'(25) may be, for example, 70% or less, 40% or less, 30% or less, or 20% or less. Adhesives with small G'(50)/G'(25) are suitable for use as the above heat-activated adhesives. The lower limit of G'(50)/G'(25) is not particularly limited. G'(50)/G'(25) is, for example, 5% or more. From the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the adhesive, it is preferably 10% or more, and may be 12% or more, or 15% or more.

儲存彈性模數G'(25)及G'(50)可藉由動態黏彈性測定求得,並可從其結果算出G'(50)/G'(25)。動態黏彈性測定可使用市售之動態黏彈性測定裝置以常法來進行,例如可使用TA Instruments公司製之「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」或其等效品,在以下測定條件下進行。測定用試樣係使用將評估對象之黏著劑層因應需求進行積層等調整成厚度約1.5mm者。 [測定條件] 變形模式:扭轉 測定頻率:1Hz 升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 形狀:平行板 7.9mmφThe storage elastic moduli G'(25) and G'(50) can be obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement, and G'(50)/G'(25) can be calculated from the results. The dynamic viscoelasticity measurement can be performed by a conventional method using a commercially available dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus, for example, "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by TA Instruments, or its equivalent, under the following measurement conditions. As the measurement sample, the adhesive layer of the evaluation object was adjusted to a thickness of about 1.5 mm by laminating or the like according to requirements. [Measurement conditions] Deformation Mode: Twist Measurement frequency: 1Hz Heating rate: 5°C/min Shape: parallel plate 7.9mmφ

黏著劑層之儲存彈性模數G'(25)、G'(50)及儲存彈性模數比,可藉由選擇構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分之組成(例如選擇單體(m1)之種類及含量)、有無使用交聯劑以及選擇種類及使用量、有無使用上述添加劑(HRO )或塑化材料以及選擇種類及使用量等來調節。例如,作為單體(m1),除了屬該單體(m1)之主成分的第1單體外,還可使用較少量之與該第1單體之化學結構不同的第2單體並組合上述第1單體來使用,藉此除了在單獨使用第1單體作為單體(m1)時能縮小G'(50),還可使G’(50)/G'(25)降低。The storage elastic modulus G'(25), G'(50) and storage elastic modulus ratio of the adhesive layer can be determined by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A) (for example, selecting the monomer ( m1) type and content), whether to use cross-linking agent, select the type and use amount, whether to use the above-mentioned additives (H RO ) or plasticizing materials, and select the type and use amount to adjust. For example, as the monomer (m1), in addition to the first monomer which is the main component of the monomer (m1), a smaller amount of the second monomer having a different chemical structure from the first monomer may be used and When the first monomer is used in combination, G'(50)/G'(25) can be reduced in addition to the reduction of G'(50) when the first monomer is used alone as the monomer (m1).

在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片(例如為具有第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層之附基材之雙面黏著片、構成第1黏著面的子黏著劑層與構成第2黏著面的子黏著劑層不隔著非黏著劑之基材積層而成之無基材之雙面黏著片等;在其他相同記載中亦同)之形態時,上述儲存彈性模數G'(25)、G'(50)及儲存彈性模數比至少應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層,且宜應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層及構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層兩者。構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層的儲存彈性模數G'與構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層的儲存彈性模數G'可為相同程度,亦可不同。The adhesive sheet disclosed here is a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet with a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer attached to a substrate, constituting a first adhesive layer) A double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate in which the sub-adhesive layer on the adhesive surface and the sub-adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface are laminated without a non-adhesive substrate interposed therebetween; the same applies to other similar descriptions) In the form of storage elastic modulus G'(25), G'(50) and storage elastic modulus ratio are at least applied to the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface, and should be applied to the adhesive constituting the first adhesive surface layer and both the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface. The storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface and the storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface may be the same or different.

在此揭示之技術之數個態樣中,構成黏著劑層之黏著劑的tanδ之峰值溫度宜大約-50℃以上,且宜大約50℃以下。在此,黏著劑之tanδ(耗損正切)意指該黏著劑之損耗彈性模數G”相對於儲存彈性模數G'的比。亦即,tanδ=G”/G’。黏著劑之tanδ可將厚度約2mm、直徑7.9mm之圓盤狀的黏著劑試樣以平行板包夾,一邊使用黏彈性試驗裝置賦予頻率1Hz之剪切應變,一邊在測定溫度範圍-60℃~60℃、升溫速度5℃/分鐘之條件下,以剪切模式進行該黏著劑之溫度分散試驗,並從此時之儲存彈性模數G'(Pa)及損耗彈性模數G"(Pa)藉由下式:tanδ=G”/G’來求得。可從在上述溫度範圍中之tanδ的推移,求得黏著劑之tanδ的峰值溫度(以下有表記為Tpeak之情形)。黏彈性試驗裝置可使用TA Instruments公司製之ARES或其等效品。In several aspects of the technology disclosed herein, the peak temperature of the tan δ of the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer is preferably about -50°C or higher, and preferably about 50°C or lower. Here, the tanδ (loss tangent) of the adhesive means the ratio of the loss elastic modulus G" to the storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive. That is, tanδ=G"/G'. The tanδ of the adhesive can be used to sandwich a disc-shaped adhesive sample with a thickness of about 2mm and a diameter of 7.9mm with parallel plates, while applying a shear strain with a frequency of 1Hz using a viscoelasticity test device, while measuring the temperature range -60 ℃ Under the conditions of ~60°C and heating rate of 5°C/min, the temperature dispersion test of the adhesive was carried out in shear mode, and the storage elastic modulus G'(Pa) and loss elastic modulus G"(Pa) It is obtained by the following formula: tanδ=G"/G'. The peak temperature of tanδ of the adhesive can be obtained from the transition of tanδ in the above-mentioned temperature range (it may be referred to as Tpeak hereinafter). As the viscoelasticity test device, ARES or its equivalent manufactured by TA Instruments can be used.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑之Tpeak為45℃以下或35℃以下是有利的,且宜為30℃以下(例如25℃以下),可為20℃以下,亦可為15℃以下。藉由Tpeak較低之黏著劑,有在室溫區域下容易獲得良好之初始接著性或密著性的傾向。另一方面,黏著劑之Tpeak不過低一事由賦予黏著劑適度之凝集性之觀點來看實為理想,且有適於兼顧高折射率化之傾向。由所述觀點來看,在數個態樣中,黏著劑之Tpeak例如可為-40℃以上,可為-30℃以上,可為-20℃以上,可為-5℃以上,可為5℃以上,可為15℃以上,更可為25℃以上。Tpeak較高之黏著劑在貼附於被黏著體時,可適宜在視需求將黏著劑與被黏著體之其中一者或兩者加熱至較室溫稍高之程度的溫度之態樣下使用。黏著劑的Tpeak可藉由選擇該黏著劑之組成(例如構成丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分的組成、有無使用添加劑(HRO )或塑化材料以及選擇種類及使用量)等來調節。 在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,上述黏著劑的Tpeak至少應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層為佳,且應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層及構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層兩者較佳。構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層的Tpeak與構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層的Tpeak可為相同程度,亦可不同。In several aspects, it is advantageous for the Tpeak of the adhesive to be 45°C or lower or 35°C or lower, and preferably 30°C or lower (eg, 25°C or lower), may be 20°C or lower, or 15°C or lower. With an adhesive with a lower Tpeak, there is a tendency to easily obtain good initial adhesion or adhesion in the room temperature region. On the other hand, the fact that the Tpeak of the adhesive is not too low is ideal from the viewpoint of imparting moderate cohesiveness to the adhesive, and it tends to be suitable for both high refractive index. From this viewpoint, in several aspects, the Tpeak of the adhesive may be, for example, -40°C or higher, -30°C or higher, -20°C or higher, -5°C or higher, or 5°C or higher. ℃ or higher, may be 15°C or higher, more preferably 25°C or higher. When the adhesive with higher Tpeak is attached to the adherend, it can be used in a state where one or both of the adhesive and the adherend are heated to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature as required. . The Tpeak of the adhesive can be determined by selecting the composition of the adhesive (for example, the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (A), the presence or absence of additives ( HRO ) or plasticizing materials, and the selection of types and amounts), etc. adjust. When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the Tpeak of the above-mentioned adhesive is preferably applied to at least the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface, and is applied to the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface. Both the adhesive layer on the first adhesive surface and the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface are preferable. The Tpeak of the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface and the Tpeak of the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface may be the same or different.

(吸水率) 在此揭示之黏著片之數個態樣中,構成該黏著片之黏著劑層之吸水率宜被限制在預定值以下。藉由限制黏著劑層之吸水率,有抑制該黏著劑層中之水分量的變動(例如環境中之濕氣等水分的吸收及釋放)造成黏著劑層的尺寸變化之傾向。藉此,可抑制黏著劑層與鄰接其之層(可為支持基材、剝離襯墊、被黏著體等)之尺寸變化的不一致造成之黏著片或貼附有該黏著片之被黏著體的翹曲。可抑制黏著劑層中之水分量的變動一事由可將黏著劑層之平坦性、透明性、折射率等固定維持之觀點來看亦佳。又,吸水率低之黏著劑層不易吸留水分,所以適合作為例如用於有機EL元件這類包含不喜水分之要素的構件或製品之黏著片。(water absorption rate) In the several aspects of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, the water absorption of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet is preferably limited below a predetermined value. By limiting the water absorption rate of the adhesive layer, there is a tendency to suppress the dimensional change of the adhesive layer due to fluctuations in the moisture content in the adhesive layer (eg, absorption and release of moisture such as moisture in the environment). Thereby, the adhesive sheet or the adherend to which the adhesive sheet is attached can be suppressed due to the inconsistency of the dimensional change between the adhesive layer and the adjoining layer (which may be a support substrate, a release liner, an adherend, etc.). warping. It is also preferable from the viewpoint that the flatness, transparency, refractive index, etc. of the adhesive layer can be fixed and maintained because the fluctuation of the water content in the adhesive layer can be suppressed. Moreover, since the adhesive layer with a low water absorption rate does not easily absorb water, it is suitable as an adhesive sheet for a member or a product containing an element that does not like water, such as an organic EL element, for example.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之吸水率為大約1.0%以下是適當的,宜為0.7%以下,較宜為0.5%以下(例如小於0.5%),可為0.4%以下,可為0.3%以下,可為0.2%以下,亦可為0.1%以下。黏著劑層之吸水率的下限無特別限制,由兼顧與黏著特性等實用上之觀點來看,例如可為0.01%以上,可為0.05%以上,可為0.1%以上,亦可為0.15%以上。在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,至少構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層之吸水率被限制在預定值以下為佳。由獲得更高效果之觀點來看,構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層及構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層的吸水率皆限制在預定值以下較佳。In several aspects, the water absorption of the adhesive layer is suitably about 1.0% or less, preferably 0.7% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less (eg, less than 0.5%), may be 0.4% or less, may be 0.3% or less % or less, may be 0.2% or less, or 0.1% or less. The lower limit of the water absorption rate of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but from practical viewpoints such as compatibility with adhesive properties, it may be, for example, 0.01% or more, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, or 0.15% or more. . When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, it is preferable that the water absorption rate of at least the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less. From the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it is preferable to limit the water absorption rate of the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface and the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface to a predetermined value or less.

此外,黏著劑層之吸水率(亦稱為水分率)係利用以下方法測定。 [水分率之測定] 將評價對象之黏著劑層與配置於其中一面及另一面上之2片剝離襯墊一同裁切成4cm×5cm(面積:20cm2 )之尺寸,去除其中一面上之剝離襯墊後,貼合至預先秤量好之鋁箔上。接著,去除黏著劑層之另一面上之剝離襯墊,投入溫度60℃、相對濕度90%之恆溫恆濕槽中,並於72小時後取出。秤量積層有黏著劑層與鋁箔之試驗片後,使用具備加熱汽化裝置(三菱化學Analytech VA-200型)之水分計(三菱化學Analytech CA-200型),藉由卡耳費雪(Karl Fischer)電量滴定法在以下之條件下測定水分率。 陽極液:AQUAMICRON AKX(三菱化學製) 陰極液:AQUAMICRON CXU(三菱化學製) 加熱汽化溫度:150℃In addition, the water absorption rate (also called moisture content) of an adhesive bond layer was measured by the following method. [Measurement of Moisture Content] The adhesive layer of the evaluation object was cut into a size of 4 cm×5 cm (area: 20 cm 2 ) together with two release liners arranged on one side and the other side, and the peeling on one side was removed. After liner, fit to pre-weighed aluminum foil. Next, the release liner on the other side of the adhesive layer was removed, put into a constant temperature and humidity tank with a temperature of 60° C. and a relative humidity of 90%, and taken out after 72 hours. After weighing the test piece laminated with the adhesive layer and the aluminum foil, a moisture meter (Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech CA-200 type) equipped with a heating vaporization device (Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech VA-200 type) was used. The coulometric titration method measures the moisture content under the following conditions. Anolyte: AQUAMICRON AKX (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical) Catholyte: AQUAMICRON CXU (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical) Heating vaporization temperature: 150°C

(凝膠分率) 黏著劑層之凝膠分率可因應使用目的或使用態樣等適當設定,不受特定範圍所限。上述凝膠分率例如為大約99%以下,大約97%以下為適當。由容易適宜兼顧高折射率與黏著特性之觀點來看,在數個理想態樣中,上述凝膠分率為大約95%以下,較宜可為大約92%以下(例如大約90%以下)。凝膠分率不過高一事由可適當跟隨會存在於被黏著體表面之凹凸(例如在發光裝置中為了提升光擷取效率等而設置之凹凸結構)從而良好密著之觀點來看亦佳。在數個態樣中,凝膠分率可為大約88%以下,可為大約75%以下,亦可為大約65%以下。又,由賦予黏著劑適度的凝集性而適當展現黏著特性之觀點來看,黏著劑層之凝膠分率例如為大約10%以上,且設為大約20%以上是適當的,亦可為大約30%以上。由黏著劑層之耐變形性(防止因壓力造成之溢出或因夾入異物造成之氣泡等)之觀點來看,上述凝膠分率宜為大約30%以上,較宜為大約40%以上,可為大約45%以上,可為大約50%以上,可為大約65%以上,亦可為大約75%以上。黏著片(典型上為無基材之黏著片)之凝膠分率亦宜設為上述所例示之範圍。凝膠分率可藉由丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之分子量或分子結構、濃度、交聯度等來調節。凝膠分率係以下述方法測定。(gel fraction) The gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be appropriately set according to the purpose of use or the state of use, and is not limited to a specific range. The said gel fraction is suitably about 99% or less, for example, about 97% or less. From the viewpoint of easiness to properly balance high refractive index and adhesive properties, in several ideal aspects, the gel fraction is about 95% or less, preferably about 92% or less (eg, about 90% or less). The reason that the gel fraction is not too high can be properly followed by the concavities and convexities existing on the surface of the adherend (for example, the concavo-convex structure provided in the light-emitting device to improve the light extraction efficiency, etc.), and it is also good from the viewpoint of good adhesion. In several aspects, the gel fraction may be about 88% or less, about 75% or less, or about 65% or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the adhesive and appropriately exhibiting the adhesive properties, the gel fraction of the adhesive layer is, for example, about 10% or more, preferably about 20% or more, and may be about 10% or more. more than 30%. From the viewpoint of the deformation resistance of the adhesive layer (prevention of overflow due to pressure or air bubbles due to entrapment of foreign objects, etc.), the above-mentioned gel fraction is preferably about 30% or more, more preferably about 40% or more, It can be about 45% or more, it can be about 50% or more, it can be about 65% or more, and it can be about 75% or more. The gel fraction of the adhesive sheet (typically, an adhesive sheet without a substrate) is also preferably set to the range exemplified above. The gel fraction can be adjusted by the molecular weight or molecular structure, concentration, degree of crosslinking, etc. of the acrylic polymer (A). The gel fraction was measured by the following method.

[凝膠分率之測定] 將預定量之黏著劑試樣(重量Wg1 )以平均孔徑0.2µm之多孔質聚四氟乙烯膜(重量Wg2 )包成小袋狀,並用風箏線(重量Wg3 )綁住開口。上述多孔質聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)薄膜係使用可從日東電工公司取得之商品名「Nitoflon(註冊商標)NTF1122」(平均孔徑0.2µm,氣孔率75%,厚度85µm)或其等效品。 將該捆包浸漬於充分量之乙酸乙酯中,在室溫(典型上為23℃)下保持7天,僅使黏著劑中之溶膠份溶出上述膜外後,取出上述捆包並擦拭附著於外表面之乙酸乙酯,使該捆包在130℃下乾燥2小時,測定該捆包之重量(Wg4 )。黏著劑層之凝膠分率可藉由將各值代入以下式而求得。 凝膠分率(%)=[(Wg4 -Wg2 -Wg3 )/Wg1 ]×100[Determination of Gel Fraction] A predetermined amount of adhesive sample (weight Wg 1 ) was wrapped into a small bag with a porous polytetrafluoroethylene membrane (weight Wg 2 ) with an average pore diameter of 0.2 µm, and a kite string (weight Wg 3 ) Tie the opening. The above-mentioned porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film used the trade name "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" available from Nitto Denko Corporation (average pore diameter 0.2 µm, porosity 75%, thickness 85 µm) or its equivalent. The package was immersed in a sufficient amount of ethyl acetate and kept at room temperature (typically 23° C.) for 7 days, and only the sol in the adhesive was eluted out of the film, and then the package was taken out and adhered by wiping. The bale was dried at 130°C for 2 hours with ethyl acetate on the outer surface, and the weight (Wg 4 ) of the bale was determined. The gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be obtained by substituting each value into the following formula. Gel fraction (%)=[(Wg 4 -Wg 2 -Wg 3 )/Wg 1 ]×100

在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,上述凝膠分率至少應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層,且宜應用於構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層及構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層兩者。構成第1黏著面之黏著劑層的凝膠分率與構成第2黏著面之黏著劑層的凝膠分率可為相同程度,亦可不同。When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the above gel fraction should be applied at least to the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface, and preferably applied to the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface. 1. Both the adhesive layer on the adhesive surface and the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface. The gel fraction of the adhesive layer constituting the first adhesive surface and the gel fraction of the adhesive layer constituting the second adhesive surface may be the same or different.

(剝離強度) 在此揭示之黏著片之數個態樣中,該黏著片對玻璃板之剝離強度為大約1.0N/25mm以上(例如1.5N/25mm以上)是適當的,宜為2N/25mm以上,較宜為3N/25mm以上,可為4N/25mm以上,可為6N/25mm以上,可為8N/25mm以上,可為10N/25mm以上,亦可為12N/25mm以上。剝離強度的上限無特別限制,例如可為30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下或20N/25mm以下。(peel strength) In several aspects of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein, it is appropriate that the peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is about 1.0N/25mm or more (for example, 1.5N/25mm or more), preferably 2N/25mm or more, more preferably 3N/25mm or more, 4N/25mm or more, 6N/25mm or more, 8N/25mm or more, 10N/25mm or more, and 12N/25mm or more. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.

在此,上述剝離強度係藉由下述方式來掌握:壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板上並於23℃、50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘,接著投入加壓脫泡裝置(高壓釜)中在溫度50℃、壓力0.5MPa之條件下進行30分鐘高壓釜處理,再於23℃、50%RH之氣體環境下放置24小時後,在剝離角度180度、拉伸速度300mm/分鐘之條件下進行180°剝除,測定黏著力。在測定時,可視需求在測定對象之黏著片上貼附適當之襯底材(例如厚度25µm左右~50µm左右之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜)來補強。剝離強度更具體而言可依據後述實施例所記載之方法來測定。 在此揭示之黏著片為具有第1黏著面及第2黏著面之雙面黏著片之形態時,在數個態樣中,上述剝離強度宜至少應用於第1黏著面,且較宜應用於第1黏著面及第2黏著面兩者。第1黏著面對玻璃板之剝離強度與第2黏著面對玻璃之剝離強度可為相同程度,亦可不同。Here, the above-mentioned peeling strength is obtained by the following method: press-bonding on an alkali glass plate as an adherend, leaving it for 30 minutes in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH, and then putting it into a pressurized defoaming apparatus ( Autoclave) at a temperature of 50°C and a pressure of 0.5MPa for 30 minutes, and then placed in a gas environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 24 hours. 180° peeling was carried out under the condition of minutes, and the adhesion was measured. During the measurement, a suitable backing material (such as a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25µm to about 50µm) can be attached to the adhesive sheet of the object to be measured for reinforcement. More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the examples described later. When the adhesive sheet disclosed here is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, in several aspects, the above-mentioned peel strength is preferably applied to at least the first adhesive surface, and is preferably applied to Both the first adhesive surface and the second adhesive surface. The peeling strength of the first adhesion facing the glass plate and the peeling strength of the second adhesion facing the glass may be the same or different.

(支持基材) 數個態樣之黏著片可為支持基材之單面或兩面具備黏著劑層的附基材之黏著片之形態。支持基材之材質無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等適當選擇。可使用之基材的非限定例可舉:以聚丙烯(PP)或乙烯-丙烯共聚物等之聚烯烴為主成分的聚烯烴薄膜、以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等之聚酯為主成分的聚酯薄膜、以聚氯乙烯為主成分的聚氯乙烯薄膜等塑膠薄膜;由聚胺甲酸酯發泡體、聚乙烯(PE)發泡體、聚氯丁二烯發泡體等發泡體構成之發泡體片;各種纖維狀物質(可為麻、綿等天然纖維、聚酯、維尼綸等合成纖維、乙酸酯等半合成纖維等)單獨或混紡等而成的織布及不織布;日本紙、道林紙、牛皮紙、皺紋紙等紙類;鋁箔、銅箔等之金屬箔等。亦可為該等複合而成之構成的基材。所述複合基材之例可舉例如金屬箔與上述塑膠薄膜積層而成之結構的基材、業經玻璃布等無機纖維強化之塑膠基材等。(Support Substrate) The adhesive sheets of several aspects may be in the form of a substrate-attached adhesive sheet provided with an adhesive layer on one side or both sides of the support substrate. The material of the support substrate is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use of the adhesive sheet and the state of use. Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include polyolefin films mainly composed of polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) or ethylene-propylene copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyolefin films, etc. Polyester film mainly composed of polyester such as butylene terephthalate (PBT) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and plastic film such as polyvinyl chloride film mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; Foamed sheet composed of polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, polychloroprene foam and other foams; various fibrous substances (can be natural fibers such as hemp, cotton, etc.) , polyester, vinylon and other synthetic fibers, acetate and other semi-synthetic fibers, etc.) woven and non-woven fabrics alone or blended; Japanese paper, Dowling paper, kraft paper, crepe paper and other papers; aluminum foil, copper foil etc. Metal foil etc. It can also be a base material composed of these composite materials. Examples of the composite base material include, for example, a base material with a structure in which a metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated, a plastic base material reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.

在數個態樣中,可適宜使用各種薄膜基材。上述薄膜基材可為如發泡體薄膜或不織布片材等多孔質之基材,可為非多孔質之基材,亦可為多孔質之層與非多孔質之層積層而成之結構的基材。在數個態樣中,上述薄膜基材可適宜使用包含獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)樹脂薄膜作為基底薄膜者。在此,「樹脂薄膜」係指非多孔質之結構且典型上為實質上不含氣泡(無孔洞)之樹脂薄膜。因此,上述樹脂薄膜係可與發泡體薄膜或不織布區別之概念。上述樹脂薄膜可適宜使用獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)者。上述樹脂薄膜可為單層結構,亦可為2層以上之多層結構(例如3層結構)。In several aspects, various film substrates can be suitably used. The above-mentioned film substrate can be a porous substrate such as a foamed film or a non-woven sheet, a non-porous substrate, or a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated. substrate. In several aspects, as the above-mentioned film base material, a resin film containing an independent and shape-maintainable (self-supporting or non-dependent) resin film can be suitably used as a base film. Here, the "resin film" refers to a non-porous structure and is typically a resin film substantially free of bubbles (voids). Therefore, the above-mentioned resin film is a concept that can be distinguished from a foamed film or a nonwoven fabric. As the above-mentioned resin film, one that is independent and can maintain its shape (self-supporting or non-dependent) can be suitably used. The above-mentioned resin film may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multilayer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).

構成樹脂薄膜之材料可舉例如:以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等聚酯為主成分之聚酯系樹脂、以聚乙烯(PE)、聚丙烯(PP)、乙烯-丙烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物等聚烯烴為主成分之聚烯烴系樹脂、三醋酸纖維素等纖維素樹脂、乙酸酯系樹脂、聚碸系樹脂、聚醚碸系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、尼龍6、尼龍66、部分芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺(PA)系樹脂、聚醯亞胺(PI)系樹脂、透明聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺(PAI)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)、聚醚碸(PES)、降莰烯系樹脂等環狀聚烯烴樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、聚氯乙烯系樹脂、聚二氯亞乙烯系樹脂、聚苯乙烯系樹脂、聚乙烯醇系樹脂、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物樹脂、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物樹脂、聚芳酯系樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚(PPS)系樹脂、聚胺甲酸酯(PU)、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)或氟化聚醯亞胺等氟系樹脂等。The material constituting the resin film may be, for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) as main components Polyester resins, polyolefin resins mainly composed of polyolefins such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene-butene copolymer, and cellulose such as triacetate Resins, acetate-based resins, polyamide-based resins, polyether-based resins, polycarbonate-based resins, nylon 6, nylon 66, polyamide (PA)-based resins such as partially aromatic polyamides, polyamides Cyclic polyolefin resins such as amine (PI) resins, transparent polyimide resins, polyimide imide (PAI), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyether ether (PES), and norbornene-based resins , (meth)acrylic resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, polystyrene resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer Resin, polyarylate-based resin, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS)-based resin, polyurethane (PU), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) or fluorinated poly Fluorine resins such as imide, etc.

上述樹脂薄膜可為使用單獨包含所述樹脂之1種的樹脂材料所形成者,亦可為使用摻合有2種以上之樹脂材料所形成者。上述樹脂薄膜可為無延伸,亦可為經延伸(例如單軸延伸或雙軸延伸)者。例如,可適宜使用PET薄膜、PBT薄膜、PEN薄膜、無延伸聚丙烯(CPP)薄膜、雙軸延伸聚丙烯(OPP)薄膜、低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)薄膜、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)薄膜、PP/PE摻合物薄膜等。由強度或尺寸穩定性之觀點來看,理想之樹脂薄膜之例可舉PET薄膜、PEN薄膜、PPS薄膜及PEEK薄膜。由取得容易度等觀點來看,尤宜為PET薄膜及PPS薄膜,其中又以PET薄膜為佳。The said resin film may be formed using the resin material which contains 1 type of the said resin independently, and may be formed using the resin material which mixed 2 or more types. The above-mentioned resin film may be unstretched or stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, non-stretch polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene ( LLDPE) film, PP/PE blend film, etc. From the viewpoint of strength or dimensional stability, examples of desirable resin films include PET films, PEN films, PPS films, and PEEK films. From the viewpoint of ease of acquisition, etc., PET films and PPS films are particularly suitable, and among them, PET films are more preferable.

在樹脂薄膜中,可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求摻混光穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、充填材、滑劑(slipping agent)、抗黏結劑等公知之添加劑。添加劑之摻混量無特別限定,可按黏著片之用途等適當設定。In the resin film, light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slipping agents, Anti-blocking agent and other well-known additives. The blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the application of the adhesive sheet and the like.

樹脂薄膜之製造方法無特別限定。例如可適當採用擠製成形、充氣成形、T型模澆鑄成形、砑光輥成形等以往公知之一般樹脂薄膜成形方法。The manufacturing method of a resin film is not specifically limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods, such as extrusion forming, air forming, T-die casting forming, and calender roll forming, can be suitably used.

上述基材可為實質上由所述基底薄膜所構成者。或者,上述基材亦可為除了上述基底薄膜外還包含輔助性之層者。作為上述輔助性之層之例,可舉光學特性調整層(例如著色層、抗反射層)、用於對基材賦予所期望之外觀的印刷層或層合層、抗靜電層、底塗層、剝離層等表面處理層。The above-mentioned base material may be substantially constituted by the base film. Alternatively, the above-mentioned base material may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the above-mentioned base film. Examples of the above-mentioned auxiliary layers include optical property adjustment layers (eg, coloring layers, antireflection layers), printing layers or laminate layers for imparting a desired appearance to a substrate, antistatic layers, and primer layers. , peeling layer and other surface treatment layers.

在數個態樣中,作為支持基材可適宜採用具有光透射性之基材(以下亦稱光透射性基材)。藉此,便可構成附具有光透射性之基材之黏著片。光透射性基材之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,亦可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,支持基材之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,亦可為95%以上(例如95~100%)。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。上述光透射性基材之適當例可舉具有光透射性之樹脂薄膜。上述光透射性基材亦可為光學薄膜。In some aspects, a light-transmitting substrate (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmitting substrate) can be suitably used as the support substrate. Thereby, the adhesive sheet with the light-transmitting base material can be formed. The total light transmittance of the light-transmitting substrate may be greater than 50%, for example, or may be greater than or equal to 70%. In several ideal aspects, the total light transmittance of the support substrate is above 80%, preferably above 90%, and may be above 95% (eg, 95-100%). The above-mentioned total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter according to JIS K 7136:2000. For the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory or its equivalent can be used. As a suitable example of the said light-transmitting base material, the resin film which has light-transmitting property is mentioned. The said light-transmitting base material may be an optical film.

基材之厚度無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等作選擇。基材之厚度例如可為500µm以下,而由黏著片之處理性或加工性之觀點來看,宜為300µm以下,且可為150µm以下,可為100µm以下,可為50µm以下,可為25µm以下,亦可為10µm以下。基材之厚度若變小,有對被黏著體之表面形狀的追隨性提升之傾向。又,由處理性或加工性等觀點來看,基材之厚度例如可為2µm以上,可為10µm以上,亦可為25µm以上。The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose of use of the adhesive sheet or the state of use. The thickness of the base material may be, for example, 500 µm or less, and from the viewpoint of the rationality or workability of the adhesive sheet, it is preferably 300 µm or less, and may be 150 µm or less, 100 µm or less, 50 µm or less, or 25 µm or less. , can also be 10µm or less. When the thickness of the base material becomes smaller, the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tends to improve. In addition, from the viewpoints of handleability and workability, the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 2 µm or more, 10 µm or more, or 25 µm or more.

基材之中要積層黏著劑層之側的面亦可視需求施行有電暈放電處理、電漿處理、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、藉由塗佈底塗劑(底漆)形成底塗層等之以往公知的表面處理。所述表面處理可為用以提升黏著劑層對基材之投錨性之處理。用於形成底塗層的底漆之組成無特別限定,可從公知物適當選擇。底塗層之厚度無特別限制,通常以0.01µm~1µm左右為適當,且0.1µm~1µm左右為佳。可因應需求對基材施行之其他處理可舉抗靜電層形成處理、著色層形成處理、印刷處理等。該等處理可單獨或組合來應用。The side of the substrate on which the adhesive layer is to be laminated can also be subjected to corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and formation of a primer by coating a primer (primer). Conventionally known surface treatment such as coating. The surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchorage of the adhesive layer to the substrate. The composition of the primer for forming the primer layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known materials. The thickness of the primer layer is not particularly limited, and is usually about 0.01µm~1µm, and preferably about 0.1µm~1µm. Other treatments that can be performed on the substrate according to requirements include antistatic layer formation treatment, colored layer formation treatment, printing treatment, and the like. These treatments can be applied individually or in combination.

在此揭示之黏著片為附基材之黏著片之形態時,該黏著片之厚度例如可為1000µm以下,可為350µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為120µm以下,可為75µm以下,亦可為50µm以下。又,由處理性等觀點來看,黏著片之厚度例如可為10µm以上,可為25µm以上,可為80µm以上,亦可為130µm以上。 此外,黏著片之厚度意指貼附於被黏著體之部分的厚度。例如圖1所示之構成的黏著片1中,係指從黏著劑層之第1表面(黏著面)10A至支持基材之第2面20B為止之厚度,而不包含剝離襯墊30之厚度。When the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is in the form of an adhesive sheet with a base material, the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 1000µm or less, 350µm or less, 200µm or less, 120µm or less, 75µm or less, or 50µm or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of handling properties, the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 10 µm or more, 25 µm or more, 80 µm or more, or 130 µm or more. In addition, the thickness of an adhesive sheet means the thickness of the part attached to the adherend. For example, in the adhesive sheet 1 having the structure shown in FIG. 1 , the thickness from the first surface (adhesive surface) 10A of the adhesive layer to the second surface 20B of the support base material does not include the thickness of the release liner 30 .

<附剝離襯墊之黏著片> 在此揭示之黏著片可採用使黏著劑層之表面(黏著面)抵接剝離襯墊之剝離面的黏著製品之形態。因此,根據本說明書可提供一種附剝離襯墊之黏著片(黏著製品),其包含在此揭示之任一黏著片與具有抵接該黏著片之黏著面的剝離面之剝離襯墊。<Adhesive sheet with release liner> The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be in the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive layer is brought into contact with the release surface of the release liner. Therefore, according to the present specification, a release liner-attached adhesive sheet (adhesive product) can be provided, which comprises any of the adhesive sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface abutting against the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet.

剝離襯墊無特別限定,例如可使用於樹脂薄膜或紙(可為聚乙烯等樹脂層合而成之紙)等襯墊基材之表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由氟系聚合物(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)這類低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成之剝離襯墊等。由表面平滑性優異來看,可適宜採用於作為襯墊基材之樹脂薄膜表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成的剝離襯墊。樹脂薄膜只要為可保護黏著劑層之薄膜即無特別限定,可舉例如聚乙烯(PE)薄膜、聚丙烯(PP)薄膜、聚丁烯薄膜、聚丁二烯薄膜、聚甲基戊烯薄膜、聚氯乙烯薄膜、氯乙烯共聚物薄膜、聚酯薄膜(PET薄膜、PBT薄膜等)、聚胺甲酸酯薄膜、乙烯-乙酸乙酯共聚物薄膜等。上述剝離層之形成可使用例如聚矽氧系剝離處理劑、長鏈烷基系剝離處理劑、烯烴系剝離處理劑、氟系剝離處理劑、脂肪醯胺系剝離處理劑、硫化鉬、二氧化矽粉等公知之剝離處理劑。The release liner is not particularly limited, for example, it can be used for a release liner with a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (it can be a paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a release liner made of fluorine Release liners, etc., are made of resin films made of low-adhesion materials such as polymers (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resins (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). From the viewpoint of excellent surface smoothness, it can be suitably used for a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film serving as a liner base material, or a release liner composed of a resin film formed of a low-adhesion material. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the adhesive layer, and examples thereof include polyethylene (PE) films, polypropylene (PP) films, polybutene films, polybutadiene films, and polymethylpentene films. , PVC film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-ethyl acetate copolymer film, etc. For the formation of the above-mentioned peeling layer, for example, a polysiloxane-based peeling agent, a long-chain alkyl-based peeling agent, an olefin-based peeling agent, a fluorine-based peeling agent, an aliphatic amide-based peeling agent, molybdenum sulfide, and carbon dioxide can be used. Silicon powder and other well-known peeling treatment agents.

<用途> 在此揭示之黏著片可貼合於各種被黏著體來使用。上述被黏著體之構成材料(被黏著體材料)無特別限定,可舉例如:銅、銀、金、鐵、錫、鈀、鋁、鎳、鈦、鉻、銦、鋅等或包含該等中之2種以上的合金等金屬材料,或是例如聚醯亞胺系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醚腈系樹脂、聚醚碸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂(PET系樹脂、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯系樹脂等)、聚氯乙烯系樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚系樹脂、聚醚醚酮系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂(所謂的芳醯胺樹脂等)、聚芳酯系樹脂、氟系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、二醋酸纖維素或三醋酸纖維素等纖維素系聚合物、乙烯醇縮丁醛系聚合物、液晶聚合物、石墨烯等碳材料等各種樹脂材料(典型上為塑膠材)、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、氧化鈦、SiO2 、ITO(氧化銦錫)、ATO(銻摻雜氧化錫)等金屬氧化物及其混合物、氮化鋁、氮化矽、氮化鈦、氮化鎵、氮化銦等氮化物及其複合物、鹼玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃、硼矽酸玻璃、藍寶石玻璃等無機材料等。在此揭示之黏著片可至少表面貼附在由上述材料構成之構件(例如光學構件)上來使用。<Application> The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be used by being attached to various adherends. The constituent material of the above-mentioned adherend (the adherend material) is not particularly limited, for example, copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, indium, zinc, etc. or including two or more metal materials such as alloys, or, for example, polyimide-based resins, acrylic resins, polyether nitrile-based resins, polyether-based resins, polyester-based resins (PET-based resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins) Diester-based resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride-based resins, polyphenylene sulfide-based resins, polyetheretherketone-based resins, polyamide-based resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate-based resins, fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins, cellulose polymers such as cellulose diacetate or cellulose triacetate, vinyl butyral polymers, liquid crystal polymers, and carbon materials such as graphene (typically Plastic materials), aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, titanium oxide, SiO 2 , ITO (indium tin oxide), ATO (antimony doped tin oxide) and other metal oxides and their mixtures, aluminum nitride, silicon nitride, nitride Titanium, gallium nitride, indium nitride and other nitrides and their composites, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, borosilicate glass, sapphire glass and other inorganic materials. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used by being at least surface-attached to a member (eg, an optical member) composed of the above-mentioned materials.

在此揭示之黏著片可在下述貼附態樣下使用:在貼合於被黏著體後,不須進行加熱至較室溫左右溫度區域(例如20℃~35℃)更高之溫度的處理之貼附態樣。又,在因應黏著片之構成材料(例如基材之材質)或被黏著體之種類所容許之情況下,亦可在對被黏著體貼合後、貼合之時間點及貼合前之至少任一時間點進行加熱處理。加熱處理可在提升黏著劑對被黏著體之密著性或促進接著等目的下進行。加熱處理溫度可在因應黏著片之構成材料或被黏著體之種類所容許之範圍內,考量被黏著體之表面狀態等來適當設定成可獲得所期望之效果,例如可為100℃左右或其以下,可為80℃以下,可為60℃以下,亦可為50℃以下。The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be used in the following attachment state: after being attached to the adherend, it does not need to be heated to a temperature higher than room temperature (for example, 20°C to 35°C). The attached state. In addition, under the conditions permitted by the constituent material of the adhesive sheet (such as the material of the base material) or the type of the adherend, it is also possible to perform at least any Heat treatment is performed at one point in time. The heat treatment can be performed for the purpose of improving the adhesion of the adhesive to the adherend or promoting adhesion. The heat treatment temperature can be appropriately set to obtain the desired effect in consideration of the surface state of the adherend, etc., within the allowable range according to the constituent material of the adhesive sheet or the type of the adherend. Below, it may be 80°C or lower, 60°C or lower, or 50°C or lower.

屬黏著片之貼附對象的構件或材料(在雙面黏著片中為至少一被黏著體)可為具有光透射性者。以所述被黏著體來說,可應用在此揭示之技術而容易獲得可抑制光學特性(透明性等)之降低並同時提高折射率之優點。上述被黏著體之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,亦可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述被黏著體之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,更宜為95%以上(例如95~100%)。在此揭示之黏著片適宜在貼附於全光線透射率為預定值以上之被黏著體(例如光學構件)上之態樣下使用。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。The member or material to which the adhesive sheet is attached (at least one adherend in the double-sided adhesive sheet) may be light-transmitting. For the adherend, the technology disclosed herein can be applied to easily obtain the advantage of suppressing the decrease in optical properties (transparency, etc.) and simultaneously increasing the refractive index. The total light transmittance of the adherend may be greater than 50%, for example, or may be greater than 70%. In several ideal forms, the total light transmittance of the adherend is above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 95% (eg, 95-100%). The adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for use in a state of being attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more. The above-mentioned total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter according to JIS K 7136:2000. For the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory or its equivalent can be used.

黏著劑層之折射率與被黏著體之折射率可為相同程度,亦可不同。例如,藉由相對於被黏著體的折射率,使黏著劑層的折射率相對地變高,可使從被黏著體側以臨界角以下之角度入射黏著劑層之光在正面側折射,提高正面亮度。此時,被黏著體之折射率例如可為1.55以下、1.50以下、1.48以下、1.45以下,亦可小於1.45,又例如可為1.10以上、1.20以上、1.30以上或1.35以上。又,藉由相對於黏著劑層為相對較高之折射率的被黏著體,可使從黏著劑層側入射被黏著體之光在正面側折射,提高正面亮度。此時,被黏著體之折射率例如可為1.60以上、1.65以上或1.70以上,且例如為3.00以下,可為2.50以下或2.00以下。另一方面,藉由縮小黏著劑層與被黏著體之折射率差,可抑制在界面的光反射。此時,被黏著體之折射率可為1.55~1.80左右,可為1.55~1.75左右,亦可為1.60~1.70左右。被黏著體之折射率可以與黏著劑之折射率相同之方法來測定。The refractive index of the adhesive layer and the refractive index of the adherend may be the same or different. For example, by making the refractive index of the adhesive layer relatively high relative to the refractive index of the adherend, the light incident on the adhesive layer at an angle below the critical angle from the adherend side can be refracted on the front side, increasing the frontal brightness. At this time, the refractive index of the adherend may be, for example, 1.55 or less, 1.50 or less, 1.48 or less, 1.45 or less, or less than 1.45, and, for example, may be 1.10 or more, 1.20 or more, 1.30 or more, or 1.35 or more. Moreover, by the adherend having a relatively high refractive index with respect to the adhesive layer, the light incident on the adherend from the adhesive layer side can be refracted on the front side, and the front brightness can be improved. At this time, the refractive index of the adherend may be, for example, 1.60 or more, 1.65 or more, or 1.70 or more, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.50 or less, or 2.00 or less. On the other hand, by narrowing the difference in refractive index between the adhesive layer and the adherend, light reflection at the interface can be suppressed. At this time, the refractive index of the adherend may be about 1.55 to 1.80, about 1.55 to 1.75, or about 1.60 to 1.70. The refractive index of the adherend can be measured in the same way as the refractive index of the adhesive.

在數個理想態樣中,上述被黏著體可為具有上述任一折射率且具有上述任一全光線透射率者。在貼附於所述被黏著體之態樣中,尤能適宜發揮在此揭示之技術所帶來的效果。In several ideal aspects, the adherend may have any of the above-mentioned refractive indices and any of the above-mentioned total light transmittances. In the form of being attached to the adherend, the effects of the technology disclosed herein can be suitably exerted.

較佳用途之一例可舉光學用途。更具體而言,例如可適宜將在此揭示之黏著片作為可用於貼合光學構件之用途(光學構件貼合用)或使用有上述光學構件之製品(光學製品)之製造用途等的光學用黏著片來使用。An example of a preferable application is an optical application. More specifically, for example, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be suitably used for optical applications such as applications that can be used to bond optical members (for optical member bonding), or applications for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above-mentioned optical members. adhesive sheet to use.

上述光學構件係指具有光學特性(例如偏光性、光折射性、光散射性、光反射性、光透射性、光吸收性、光繞射性、旋光性、視辨性等)之構件。上述光學構件只要為具有光學特性之構件即無特別限定,可舉例如構成顯示裝置(影像顯示裝置)、輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)之構件或用於該等機器之構件,可舉例如偏光板、波長板、相位差板、光學補償薄膜、增亮薄膜、導光板、反射薄膜、抗反射薄膜、硬塗(HC)薄膜、衝擊吸收薄膜、防污薄膜、光致變色薄膜、調光薄膜、透明導電薄膜(ITO薄膜)、設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜、表面保護板、稜鏡、透鏡、彩色濾光片、透明基板,或進一步為該等積層而成之構件(該等有時統稱為「機能性薄膜」)等。此外,上述「板」及「薄膜」係分別設為包含板狀、薄膜狀、片狀等形態者,例如「偏光薄膜」係設為包含「偏光板」或「偏光片」等者,而「導光板」係設為包含「導光薄膜」或「導光片」等者。又,上述「偏光板」係設為包含圓偏光板者。The above-mentioned optical member refers to a member having optical properties (such as polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmittance, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visual discrimination, etc.). The above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having optical properties, and examples thereof include members constituting devices (optical devices) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or members used in such devices, and examples include polarized light plate, wave plate, retardation plate, optical compensation film, brightness enhancement film, light guide plate, reflective film, anti-reflection film, hard coating (HC) film, shock absorption film, antifouling film, photochromic film, dimming film , transparent conductive film (ITO film), design film, decorative film, surface protection plate, lens, lens, color filter, transparent substrate, or further laminated components (these are sometimes collectively referred to as "" functional film”), etc. In addition, the above-mentioned "plate" and "film" are set to include forms such as plate, film, sheet, etc., for example, "polarizing film" is set to include "polarizing plate" or "polarizer", and "polarizing film" The "light guide plate" is set to include a "light guide film", a "light guide sheet", or the like. In addition, the above-mentioned "polarizing plate" is assumed to include a circular polarizing plate.

上述顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(電致發光)顯示裝置、微LED(µLED)、迷你LED(miniLED)、PDP(電漿顯示器面板)、電子紙等。又,上述輸入裝置可舉觸控面板等。Examples of the display device include liquid crystal display devices, organic EL (electroluminescence) display devices, micro LEDs (µLEDs), mini LEDs (miniLEDs), PDPs (plasma display panels), electronic paper, and the like. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as the said input device.

上述光學構件無特別限定,可舉例如由玻璃、丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、金屬薄膜等構成之構件(例如片狀或膜狀、板狀構件)等。此外,本說明書中之「光學構件」亦設為包含保持顯示裝置或輸入裝置之視辨性的同時擔任裝飾或保護功能之構件(設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜或表面保護薄膜等)。The said optical member is not specifically limited, For example, the member (for example, sheet-like, film-like, plate-like member) which consists of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, a metal thin film, etc. is mentioned. In addition, the "optical member" in this specification is also set to include a member (design film, decorative film, surface protection film, etc.) that performs a decorative or protective function while maintaining the visibility of a display device or an input device.

在此揭示之技術例如可適宜用於將具有1或2種以上光透射、反射、擴散、波導、聚光、繞射等功能之薄膜或螢光薄膜等光學薄膜接合於其他光學構件(可為其他光學薄膜)。其中,在具有至少1種光之波導、聚光、繞射之功能的光學薄膜之接合中,接合層之全部整體宜為高折射率,而可成為在此揭示之技術的理想應用對象。For example, the technology disclosed herein can be suitably used for bonding optical films such as films having functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, condensing, diffraction, etc., or fluorescent films, to other optical members (which may be other optical films). Among them, in the bonding of optical films having at least one of the functions of waveguide, condensing, and diffracting light, the entire bonding layer should preferably have a high refractive index, which can be an ideal application object of the technology disclosed herein.

在此揭示之黏著劑例如可適宜用於導光薄膜、擴散薄膜、螢光薄膜、調色薄膜、稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等光學薄膜之接合。該等用途中,由光學構件之小型化的傾向或高性能化之觀點來看,係要求薄型化或光擷取效率之提升。在此揭示之黏著劑可適宜作為可符合所述要求之黏著劑來利用。更詳細而言,例如在導光薄膜或擴散薄膜之接合時,藉由調整作為接合層之黏著劑層的折射率(例如高折射率化)可有助於薄型化。螢光薄膜之接合可藉由適當調整螢光發光體與黏著劑之折射率差,來提升光擷取效率(亦可視為發光效率)。就調色薄膜之接合而言,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率以使與調色用顏料之折射率差變小,可降低散射成分,而有助於提升光透射性。在稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等之接合時,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率來控制光的繞射,可有助於提升亮度及/或視角。The adhesives disclosed herein can be suitably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, wafers, lenticular films, and microlens array films, for example. In these applications, reduction in thickness and improvement in light extraction efficiency are required from the viewpoint of the tendency of miniaturization of optical members or the improvement of performance. The adhesives disclosed herein can be suitably utilized as adhesives that can meet the requirements. In more detail, for example, in the case of bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, it is possible to contribute to thinning by adjusting the refractive index (eg, increasing the refractive index) of the adhesive layer serving as the bonding layer. The bonding of the fluorescent films can improve the light extraction efficiency (also regarded as the luminous efficiency) by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent light-emitting body and the adhesive. In the bonding of the toner film, by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive so that the difference in refractive index with the toner pigment becomes smaller, scattering components can be reduced, thereby contributing to the improvement of light transmittance. During the bonding of the wafer, the lenticular film, the microlens array film, etc., the diffraction of light can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive, which can help to improve the brightness and/or viewing angle.

在此揭示之黏著片可適宜在貼附於高折射率之被黏著體(可為高折射率之層或構件等)之態樣下使用,而可抑制與上述被黏著體之界面反射。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著片以如上述與被黏著體之折射率差小且在與被黏著體之界面的密著性高為佳。又,由提高外觀之均勻性之觀點來看,黏著劑層之厚度的均質性宜高,例如黏著面之表面平滑性宜高。當高折射率之被黏著體的厚度較小時(例如為5µm以下、4µm以下或2µm以下時),由抑制反射光之干涉造成之著色或顏色不均之觀點來看,抑制在界面之反射一事特別有意義。作為所述使用態樣之一例可舉以下態樣:可在依序具備偏光件、第1相位差層及第2相位差層之附相位差層之偏光板中,用於上述偏光件與上述第1相位差層之接合及/或上述第1相位差層與上述第2相位差層之接合。The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be suitably used in a state of being attached to a high-refractive-index adherend (which may be a high-refractive-index layer or member, etc.), and can suppress the interface reflection with the above-mentioned adherend. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet that can be used in the above-mentioned form preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend as described above. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the appearance, the thickness of the adhesive layer should preferably be high in homogeneity, for example, the surface smoothness of the adhesive surface should be high. When the thickness of the adherend with high refractive index is small (for example, when it is 5µm or less, 4µm or less, or 2µm or less), from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or color unevenness caused by the interference of reflected light, the reflection at the interface is suppressed. One thing is particularly meaningful. As an example of the use aspect, the following aspect can be mentioned: in a polarizing plate with a retardation layer including a polarizer, a first retardation layer, and a second retardation layer in sequence, the polarizer and the above-mentioned polarizer can be used. The bonding of the first retardation layer and/or the bonding of the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer.

又,在此揭示之黏著片因適於高折射率化,故可適宜在貼附於光半導體等之發光層(例如主要為藉由無機材料構成之高折射的發光層)之態樣下來使用。藉由縮小發光層與黏著劑層之折射率差,可抑制在該等界面之反射,提升光擷取效率。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著片宜具備高折射率之黏著劑層。又,由可事先防止水分造成自發光元件劣化之觀點來看,黏著劑層之吸水率宜低。由提升亮度之觀點來看,黏著片宜為低著色。其由抑制黏著片造成之非刻意之著色之觀點來看亦有利。In addition, since the adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be suitably used in the form of being attached to a light-emitting layer such as an optical semiconductor (for example, a high-refractive light-emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material). . By reducing the refractive index difference between the light-emitting layer and the adhesive layer, the reflection at these interfaces can be suppressed, and the light extraction efficiency can be improved. The adhesive sheet that can be used in this state preferably has an adhesive layer with a high refractive index. In addition, from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of the self-luminous element due to moisture in advance, the water absorption rate of the adhesive layer is preferably low. From the viewpoint of improving brightness, the adhesive sheet is preferably low in coloration. It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by the adhesive sheet.

在此揭示之黏著劑在作為相機或發光裝置等構成構件使用之微透鏡及其他透鏡構件(例如構成微透鏡陣列薄膜之微透鏡或相機用微透鏡等透鏡構件)中,可適宜作為覆蓋透鏡面之塗佈層、和與上述透鏡面相對向之構件(例如具有與透鏡面對應之表面形狀的構件)的接合層、充填於上述透鏡面與上述構件之間的充填層等來使用。在此揭示之黏著劑因適於高折射率化,故即使為高折射率之透鏡(例如藉由高折射率樹脂構成之透鏡、或具有高折射率樹脂製之表面層的透鏡),仍可減低與該透鏡之折射率差。此事由上述透鏡及具備有該透鏡之製品的薄型化之觀點來看是有利的,亦可有助於抑制像差或提升阿貝數。在此揭示之黏著劑亦可在例如充填於適當之透明構件之凹部或空隙之形態下,將其本身作為透鏡樹脂來利用。The adhesive disclosed herein can be suitably used as a cover lens surface in microlenses and other lens members (for example, lens members such as microlenses constituting microlens array films or microlenses for cameras) used as constituent members of cameras and light-emitting devices. The coating layer, the bonding layer of the member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), the filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, etc. are used. Since the adhesive disclosed here is suitable for increasing the refractive index, even if it is a lens with a high refractive index (for example, a lens made of a high refractive index resin, or a lens having a surface layer made of a high refractive index resin), it can still be used. Reduce the refractive index difference with the lens. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning of the above-mentioned lens and a product provided with the lens, and also contributes to suppressing aberrations and increasing the Abbe number. The adhesive disclosed here can also be used itself as a lens resin in the form of filling in the concave portion or the void of a suitable transparent member, for example.

使用在此揭示之黏著片來貼合光學構件之態樣無特別限定,例如可為以下態樣:(1)透過在此揭示之黏著片來貼合光學構件彼此之態樣;或(2)透過在此揭示之黏著片將光學構件貼合至光學構件以外之構件之態樣;亦可為(3)在此揭示之黏著片包含光學構件之形態且將該黏著片貼合至光學構件或光學構件以外之構件之態樣。另,在上述(3)之態樣中,包含光學構件之形態的黏著片例如可為支持體為光學構件(例如光學薄膜)之黏著片。如所述包含光學構件作為支持體之形態的黏著片亦可視為黏著型光學構件(例如黏著型光學薄膜)。又,在此揭示之黏著片為具有支持體之類型的黏著片且使用上述機能性薄膜作為上述支持體時,在此揭示之黏著片亦可視為在機能性薄膜之至少單面側具有在此揭示之黏著劑層的「黏著型機能性薄膜」。The aspect of bonding optical members using the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and for example, the following aspects can be used: (1) an aspect in which optical members are bonded to each other through the adhesive sheet disclosed here; or (2) A form in which the optical member is attached to a member other than the optical member through the adhesive sheet disclosed herein; (3) the form in which the adhesive sheet disclosed herein includes an optical member and the adhesive sheet is attached to the optical member or The state of components other than optical components. Moreover, in the aspect of said (3), the adhesive sheet of the form containing an optical member can be, for example, the adhesive sheet whose support body is an optical member (for example, an optical film). The adhesive sheet in the form including the optical member as a support as described above can also be regarded as an adhesive optical member (eg, an adhesive optical film). Also, when the adhesive sheet disclosed here is an adhesive sheet of a type with a support and the above-mentioned functional film is used as the above-mentioned support, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can also be regarded as having the above-mentioned functional film on at least one side of the functional film. The "adhesive functional film" of the adhesive layer is disclosed.

由上述,根據在此揭示之技術,可提供一種具備在此揭示之黏著片與貼附有該黏著片之構件的積層體。可貼附黏著片之構件可為具有上述被黏著體材料之折射率者。又,黏著片之折射率與構件之折射率的差(折射率差)可為上述被黏著體與黏著片之折射率差。關於構成積層體之構件,如以上述構件、材料、被黏著體所說明,故不反覆重複說明。From the above, according to the technology disclosed herein, a laminate including the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached can be provided. The member to which the adhesive sheet can be attached may have the refractive index of the above-mentioned adherend material. In addition, the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of the adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member may be the difference in refractive index between the above-mentioned adherend and the adhesive sheet. The members constituting the laminate are described above with reference to the members, materials, and adherends, and therefore, the description will not be repeated.

如從以上說明及以下實施例可理解,藉由本說明書揭示之事項中包含以下事項。 [1]一種黏著片,係包含黏著劑層者;且 其具有藉由上述黏著劑層構成之黏著面; 上述黏著劑層之折射率大於1.570,全光線透射率為86%以上,且霧度值為3.0%以下。 [2]如上述[1]之黏著片,其中上述黏著劑層之厚度為5µm以上。 [3]如上述[1]或[2]之黏著片,其對玻璃板之剝離強度(黏著力)為3N/25mm以上。 [4]如上述[1]~[3]中任一項之黏著片,其中上述黏著面之算術平均粗度Ra為100nm以下。 [5]如上述[1]~[4]中任一項之黏著片,其中上述黏著劑層之吸水率為1.0%以下。 [6]如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之黏著片,其係以包含上述黏著劑層與光透射性基材之積層體之形式構成。 [7]如上述[6]之黏著片,其中上述光透射性基材為樹脂薄膜。 [8]如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之黏著片,其係由上述黏著劑層構成之雙面接著性黏著片。 [9]一種附剝離襯墊之黏著片,包含: 如上述[1]~[8]中任一項之黏著片;與 配置於上述黏著片之黏著面上的剝離襯墊。 [10]一種黏著劑組成物,係用以形成如上述[1]~[8]中任一項之黏著片的黏著劑層。As can be understood from the above description and the following examples, the matters disclosed by this specification include the following matters. [1] An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer; and It has an adhesive surface formed by the above-mentioned adhesive layer; The refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive layer is greater than 1.570, the total light transmittance is more than 86%, and the haze value is less than 3.0%. [2] The adhesive sheet according to the above [1], wherein the thickness of the above-mentioned adhesive layer is 5 µm or more. [3] The adhesive sheet according to the above [1] or [2], which has a peel strength (adhesive force) to a glass plate of 3 N/25 mm or more. [4] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is 100 nm or less. [5] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the water absorption rate of the adhesive layer is 1.0% or less. [6] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [5], which is constituted in the form of a laminate including the above-mentioned adhesive layer and a light-transmitting base material. [7] The adhesive sheet according to the above [6], wherein the light-transmitting base material is a resin film. [8] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [5], which is a double-sided adhesive sheet composed of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. [9] An adhesive sheet with a release liner, comprising: The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [8]; and A release liner arranged on the adhesive surface of the above-mentioned adhesive sheet. [10] An adhesive composition for forming an adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [8].

[11]一種黏著劑組成物,包含: 丙烯酸系聚合物(A),其包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為單體單元;與 添加劑(HRO ),其係折射率較上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更高之有機材料。 [12]如上述[11]之黏著劑組成物,其中上述添加劑(HRO )之折射率為1.60以上。 [13]如上述[11]或[12]之黏著劑組成物,其中上述添加劑(HRO )相對於上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之含量大於0重量份且在60重量份以下。 [14]如上述[11]~[13]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中上述添加劑(HRO )包含選自於由含芳香環化合物及含雜環化合物所構成群組中之至少1種化合物。 [15]如上述[11]~[14]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中上述添加劑(HRO )包含1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物。 [16]如上述[15]之黏著劑組成物,其中上述添加劑(HRO )包含滿足下述至少一項之化合物作為上述1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物: (i)包含2個非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構;及 (ii)包含2個芳香環已行縮合之結構。 [17]如上述[11]~[16]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,上述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量為50重量%以上。 [18]如上述[11]~[17]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,上述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量大於70重量%且小於100重量%,並且 上述含芳香環單體(m1)中50重量%以上為均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度在10℃以下之單體。 [19]如上述[11]~[18]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分更含有單體(m2),該單體(m2)具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者。 [20]如上述[11]~[18]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,係用以形成如上述[1]~[8]中任一項之黏著片的黏著劑層。 [21]一種黏著劑,係由如上述[11]~[20]中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成,且折射率高於1.570。 [22]一種黏著片,包含藉由黏著劑所構成之黏著劑層,且該黏著劑係由如上述[11]~[20]中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成。 [23]如上述[22]之黏著片,其中上述黏著劑層之霧度值為1.0%以下。[11] An adhesive composition, comprising: an acrylic polymer (A) comprising an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit; and an additive (H RO ), the refractive index of which is higher than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A) higher organic material. [12] The adhesive composition of the above-mentioned [11], wherein the refractive index of the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) is 1.60 or more. [13] The adhesive composition according to the above [11] or [12], wherein the content of the above-mentioned additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A) is greater than 0 parts by weight and not more than 60 parts by weight . [14] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [13], wherein the additive (H RO ) comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic-ring-containing compound and a heterocyclic-containing compound 1 compound. [15] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [14], wherein the additive (H RO ) includes a compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule. [16] The adhesive composition according to the above [15], wherein the additive (H RO ) contains a compound satisfying at least one of the following as the compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule: (i) Two or more aromatic rings are contained: A structure in which non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded; and (ii) a structure in which two aromatic rings have been condensed. [17] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [16], wherein in the monomer components constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A), the content of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is 50% by weight or more. [18] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [17], wherein in the monomer components constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A), the content of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is greater than 70% by weight and less than 100% by weight, and 50% by weight or more of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomers (m1) are monomers whose glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is 10°C or lower. [19] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [18], wherein the monomer component constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (A) further contains a monomer (m2), and the monomer (m2) Has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. [20] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [18], which is used to form an adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [8]. [21] An adhesive comprising the adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [20], and having a refractive index higher than 1.570. [22] An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer composed of an adhesive, wherein the adhesive is formed from the adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [20]. [23] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the above-mentioned [22], wherein the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.0% or less.

[24]一種層間片,係在光學用途上配置於積層體之層間來使用者;並且 其包含折射率n1 為1.570以上之黏彈性層V1 ,且滿足: 全光線透射率為86%以上; 霧度值為1.0%以下;及 在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'為30kPa~700kPa。 [25]如上述[24]之層間片,其厚度為5µm以上。 [26]如上述[24]或[25]之層間片,其中上述黏彈性層V1 包含主聚合物與分子量較上述主聚合物更低之塑化材料。 [27]如上述[26]之層間片,其中上述塑化材料之重量平均分子量為30000以下。 [28]如上述[24]~[27]中任一項之層間片,其更包含積層於上述黏彈性層V1 之黏彈性層V2 ,且 上述黏彈性層V2 在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G’V2 低於上述黏彈性層V1 在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G’V1 。 [29]如上述[28]之層間片,其中上述黏彈性層V2 之折射率n2 低於上述黏彈性層V1 之折射率n1 。 [30]如上述[24]~[29]中任一項之層間片,其中上述黏彈性層V1 係由如上述[11]~[18]中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成之層。 [31]如上述[24]~[29]中任一項之層間片,其中上述黏彈性層V1 係如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之黏著片中之黏著劑層。 [32]一種光學積層體,包含: 如上述[24]~[31]中任一項之層間片、與 積層於上述層間片之樹脂薄膜。 [33]一種附剝離襯墊之層間片,包含: 如上述[24]~[31]中任一項之層間片、與 覆蓋上述層間片之至少一表面的剝離襯墊。[24] An interlayer sheet that is used between layers of a laminate for optical purposes; and which comprises a viscoelastic layer V 1 having a refractive index n 1 of 1.570 or more, and satisfies: total light transmittance of 86% or more ; The haze value is below 1.0%; and the storage elastic modulus G' at 25°C is 30kPa~700kPa. [25] The thickness of the interlayer sheet in the above [24] is 5 µm or more. [26] The interlayer sheet according to the above [24] or [25], wherein the viscoelastic layer V 1 comprises a main polymer and a plasticizing material with a lower molecular weight than the main polymer. [27] The interlayer sheet according to the above [26], wherein the weight average molecular weight of the plasticizing material is 30,000 or less. [28] The interlayer sheet according to any one of the above [24] to [27], further comprising a viscoelastic layer V 2 laminated on the viscoelastic layer V 1 , and the viscoelastic layer V 2 is heated at 25° C. storage elastic modulus G 'V2 viscoelastic layer is less than the V 1 stored at 25 deg.] C of the elastic modulus G' V1. [29] As the inter [28] of the plies, wherein the refractive index of the viscoelastic layer of V 2 n 2 is less than the refractive index of the viscoelastic layer V 1 n 1. [30] The interlayer sheet according to any one of the above [24] to [29], wherein the viscoelastic layer V 1 is a layer formed of the adhesive composition according to any one of the above [11] to [18] . [31] The interlayer sheet according to any one of the above [24] to [29], wherein the viscoelastic layer V 1 is the adhesive layer in the adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [1] to [5]. [32] An optical laminate comprising: the interlayer sheet according to any one of the above [24] to [31], and a resin film laminated on the interlayer sheet. [33] An interlayer sheet with a release liner, comprising: the interlayer sheet according to any one of the above [24] to [31], and a release liner covering at least one surface of the interlayer sheet.

實施例 以下將說明諸個有關本發明之實施例,惟所述具體例所示者非意在限定本發明。此外,以下說明中,表示使用量或含量之「份」及「%」在未特別說明下為重量基準。Example Various embodiments related to the present invention will be described below, but the specific examples are not intended to limit the present invention. In addition, in the following description, "parts" and "%" indicating the usage amount or content are based on weight unless otherwise specified.

<例1> (丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製) 於具備攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管及冷卻器之四口燒瓶中,饋入作為單體成分之間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(共榮社化學股份公司製,商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A」,折射率:1.566,均聚物之Tg:-35℃;以下簡稱為「POB-A」)95份及丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(4HBA)5份、作為聚合引發劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)0.2份、及作為聚合溶劑之甲苯100份,一邊緩慢地攪拌一邊導入氮氣,並將燒瓶內之液溫保持在60℃附近進行6小時聚合反應,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液(50%)。該丙烯酸系聚合物A1之聚合平均分子量(Mw)為50萬。上述丙烯酸系聚合物A1中,根據上述單體成分之組成的Tg(即TgT )為-35℃,而根據含芳香環單體之組成的Tg(即Tgm1 )為-35℃。<Example 1> (Preparation of acrylic polymer solution) Into a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction pipe, and a cooler, phenoxybenzyl acrylate (co-prosperity) was introduced as a monomer component. Manufactured by Shaka Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A", refractive index: 1.566, Tg of homopolymer: -35°C; hereinafter referred to as "POB-A") 95 parts and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate ( 4HBA) 5 parts, 0.2 part of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as a polymerization initiator, and 100 parts of toluene as a polymerization solvent, nitrogen gas was introduced while stirring slowly, and the liquid in the flask was The temperature was maintained at around 60°C, and the polymerization reaction was performed for 6 hours to prepare a solution (50%) of the acrylic polymer A1. The polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer A1 was 500,000. In the above-mentioned acrylic polymer A1, Tg according to the composition of the monomer components (ie, Tg T ) is -35°C, and Tg according to the composition of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (ie, Tg m1 ) is -35°C.

(黏著劑組成物之調製) 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液(50%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中添加作為添加劑(HRO )之6-丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(SUGAI化學工業股份公司製之二萘并噻吩-6-甲基丙烯酸酯體,商品名「6MDNTA」,折射率1.75)5份、作為交聯劑之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的三聚異氰酸酯體(Tosoh公司製,商品名「Coronate HX」,3官能異氰酸酯化合物)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液10份(非揮發成分0.1份)、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1。(Preparation of adhesive composition) The solution (50%) of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer A1 was diluted with ethyl acetate to 30%, and 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) was added as an additive ( HRO ) 5 parts of 6-acrylooxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (Dinaphthothiophene-6-methacrylate body manufactured by SUGAI Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "6MDNTA", refractive index 1.75), as a cross 10 parts of 1% ethyl acetate solution (0.1 part of non-volatile content) of hexamethylene diisocyanate trimeric isocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX", trifunctional isocyanate compound) as a linking agent 2 parts of acetone acetone as a linking retarder, 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetoacetate as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile content) and stirred and mixed to prepare an acrylic adhesive composition Substance C1.

(黏著片之製作) 將上述調製出之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1塗佈於單面經聚矽氧處理過之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜R1(厚度50µm)的聚矽氧處理面上,在130℃下加熱2分鐘,形成厚度25µm之黏著劑層。接著,於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面經聚矽氧處理過之PET薄膜R2(厚度25µm)的聚矽氧處理面上。依上述方式而獲得由上述黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片S1。黏著片S1之兩面受到PET薄膜(剝離襯墊)R1、R2保護。(production of adhesive sheet) The acrylic adhesive composition C1 prepared above was coated on the polysiloxane-treated surface of the polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film R1 (thickness 50µm) treated with polysiloxane on one side. Heating at 130°C for 2 minutes forms an adhesive layer with a thickness of 25µm. Next, the polysiloxane-treated side of the PET film R2 (thickness 25µm) that has been treated with polysiloxane on one side is attached to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. In the above-described manner, a base-free double-sided adhesive sheet S1 composed of the above-described adhesive layer is obtained. Both sides of the adhesive sheet S1 are protected by PET films (release liners) R1 and R2.

<例2~5> 除了將添加劑((HRO )之種類與相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100份之使用量(phr;per hundred resin)如表1所示進行變更外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1之調製相同方式,調製出例2~例5之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C2~C5。在此,表1中之「BPFL」表示9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.製,折射率1.68),「BAFL」表示9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.製,折射率1.73)。 除了分別使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C2~C5來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出例2~例5之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S2~S5。<Examples 2 to 5> Except for changing the type of additives ((H RO ) and the usage amount (phr; per hundred resin) relative to 100 parts of acrylic polymer as shown in Table 1, the same as those in Example 1. Preparation of Acrylic Adhesive Composition C1 In the same manner, acrylic adhesive compositions C2 to C5 of Examples 2 to 5 were prepared. Here, "BPFL" in Table 1 represents 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyl) Phenyl) fluoride (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., refractive index 1.68), "BAFL" means 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluoride (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., refractive index The adhesive sheets of Examples 2 to 5 were produced in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheets in Example 1, except that the acrylic adhesive compositions C2 to C5 were used to replace the acrylic adhesive composition C1, respectively. (A double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate composed of an adhesive layer) S2~S5.

<例6> 於具備溫度計、攪拌機、回流冷卻管及氮氣導入管之可分離式燒瓶中,投入POB-A 20份、1-萘甲基丙烯酸酯(共榮社化學股份公司製,商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE NMT-A」,折射率:1.595,均聚物之Tg:31℃;以下,簡稱為「NMT-A」)80份、作為聚合引發劑之AIBN 0.2份、作為鏈轉移劑之α-硫甘油3.5份及甲基乙基酮67份後,導入氮氣,一邊攪拌一邊進行氮取代約1小時。然後,將燒瓶加熱至70℃,使其反應12小時後,獲得重量平均分子量(Mw)4000、折射率1.63之丙烯酸系寡聚物(以下稱為寡聚物B)。。 將添加劑(HRO )之種類變更成上述寡聚物B,並將其使用量相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100份設為30份(30phr),除此之外以與例1中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C6。 除了使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C6來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S6。<Example 6> Into a separable flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a reflux cooling tube, and a nitrogen gas introduction tube, 20 parts of POB-A, 1-naphthalene methacrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "" LIGHT ACRYLATE NMT-A", refractive index: 1.595, Tg of homopolymer: 31°C; hereinafter referred to as "NMT-A") 80 parts, 0.2 part of AIBN as a polymerization initiator, α- as a chain transfer agent After 3.5 parts of thioglycerol and 67 parts of methyl ethyl ketone, nitrogen gas was introduced, and nitrogen substitution was performed for about 1 hour while stirring. Then, the flask was heated to 70° C. and reacted for 12 hours to obtain an acrylic oligomer (hereinafter referred to as oligomer B) having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 4000 and a refractive index of 1.63. . The type of the additive (H RO ) was changed to the above-mentioned oligomer B, and its usage amount was 30 parts (30 phr) relative to 100 parts of the acrylic polymer, except that it was adhered to the acrylic in Example 1. In the same manner as the preparation of the agent composition C1, the acrylic adhesive composition C6 of this example was prepared. The adhesive sheet of this example (consisting of an adhesive layer without a base material) was produced in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that the acrylic adhesive composition C6 was used instead of the acrylic adhesive composition C1. The double-sided adhesive sheet) S6.

<例7> 除了不使用添加劑(HRO )外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C7。 使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C7來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1,並將黏著劑層之厚度設定成20µm,除此之外以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S7。<Example 7> An acrylic adhesive composition C7 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition C1 in Example 1, except that the additive (H RO ) was not used. This example was produced in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that the acrylic adhesive composition C7 was used instead of the acrylic adhesive composition C1, and the thickness of the adhesive layer was set to 20 µm The adhesive sheet (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) S7.

<例8> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更,而將POB-A變更成72份、NMT-A變更成23份、且將4HBA變更成5份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A2之溶液。該丙烯酸系聚合物A2之聚合平均分子量(Mw)為45萬。 除了使用丙烯酸系聚合物A2之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液外,以與例1中之黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C8。 除了使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C8來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S8。<Example 8> The preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1 was the same as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 72 parts of POB-A, 23 parts of NMT-A, and 5 parts of 4HBA In the same manner, a solution of the acrylic polymer A2 was prepared. The polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer A2 was 450,000. An acrylic adhesive composition C8 of this example was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the adhesive composition in Example 1, except that the solution of the acrylic polymer A2 was used instead of the solution of the acrylic polymer A1. In the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that the acrylic adhesive composition C8 was used instead of the acrylic adhesive composition C1, the adhesive sheet of this example (consisting of an adhesive layer without a base material) was produced. The double-sided adhesive sheet) S8.

<例9~13> 除了將添加劑((HRO )之種類及將量如表1所示進行變更外,以與例8中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C8之調製相同方式,調製出例9~例13之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C9~C13。 除了分別使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C9~C13來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1外,以與例A1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出例9~例13之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S9~S13。<Examples 9 to 13> Example 9 was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition C8 in Example 8, except that the type and amount of the additive ((H RO ) were changed as shown in Table 1. The acrylic adhesive compositions C9 to C13 of Example 13. Except that the acrylic adhesive compositions C9 to C13 were respectively used to replace the acrylic adhesive composition C1, in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example A1, The adhesive sheets of Examples 9 to 13 (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) S9 to S13 were produced.

<例14> 除了不使用添加劑((HRO )外,以與例8中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C8之調製相同方式,調製出例14之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C14。 除了使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C14來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C8外,以與例8中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S14。<Example 14> The acrylic adhesive composition C14 of Example 14 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition C8 in Example 8, except that the additive (( HRO) was not used. In the same way as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 8, except that the adhesive composition C14 was replaced by the acrylic adhesive composition C8, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 8. sheet) S14.

<例15> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更,而將丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)變更為90份、將4HBA變更為10份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A3之溶液(40%)。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物A3之溶液(40%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成20%,並於該溶液500份(非揮發成分100份)中添加以固體成分基準計10份之氧化鋯粒子分散液、作為交聯劑之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的三聚異氰酸酯體(Tosoh公司製,商品名「Coronate HX」,3官能異氰酸酯化合物)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液10份(非揮發成分0.1份)、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C15。上述氧化鋯粒子分散液係使用使已施行表面處理之氧化鋯粒子(平均粒徑20nm,固體成分折射率:1.64,表面處理:羧酸系/磷酸系疏水化處理,共榮社化學股份公司製)分散於丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME)中的表面處理氧化鋯粒子分散液。 使用丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C15來取代丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C1,並將黏著劑層之厚度設定成20µm,除此之外以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出例15之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S15。<Example 15> The same procedure as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1 was carried out, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 90 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 10 parts of 4HBA , to prepare a solution (40%) of acrylic polymer A3. The solution (40%) of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer A3 was diluted with ethyl acetate to 20%, and 10 parts of zirconia particle dispersion liquid based on solid content was added to 500 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile content). , 10 parts of 1% ethyl acetate solution (0.1 part of non-volatile content) of hexamethylene diisocyanate trimeric isocyanate (Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX", trifunctional isocyanate compound) as a crosslinking agent , 2 parts of acetone acetone as a cross-linking retarder, 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution (0.01 part of non-volatile content) of iron (III) acetoacetate as a cross-linking catalyst, and stirred and mixed to prepare an acrylic Adhesive composition C15. The above-mentioned zirconia particle dispersion system used surface-treated zirconia particles (average particle diameter: 20 nm, solid content refractive index: 1.64, surface treatment: carboxylic acid-based/phosphoric acid-based hydrophobic treatment, manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ) surface-treated zirconia particle dispersion in propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME). Example 15 was produced in the same manner as the production of the adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that the acrylic adhesive composition C15 was used instead of the acrylic adhesive composition C1, and the thickness of the adhesive layer was set to 20 µm. The adhesive sheet (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a substrate composed of an adhesive layer) S15.

<例16> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更成POB-A/丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)/4HBA=79/20/1外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A4之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物A4之聚合平均分子量(Mw)為52萬。 除了使用丙烯酸系聚合物A4之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液外,以與例2相同方式調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C16,而製作出黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S16。<Example 16> Acrylic acid was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to POB-A/n-butyl acrylate (BA)/4HBA=79/20/1 It is a solution of polymer A4. The polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer A4 was 520,000. The acrylic adhesive composition C16 of this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the solution of the acrylic polymer A4 was used instead of the solution of the acrylic polymer A1, and an adhesive sheet (consisting of an adhesive layer) was produced. The double-sided adhesive sheet without substrate) S16.

<例17> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更成POB-A/乙基卡必醇丙烯酸酯(CBA)/4HBA=79/20/1外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A5之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物A5之聚合平均分子量(Mw)為46萬。 除了使用丙烯酸系聚合物A4之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液外,以與例2相同方式調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C17,而製作出黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S17。<Example 17> Except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to POB-A/ethylcarbitol acrylate (CBA)/4HBA=79/20/1, in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, A solution of acrylic polymer A5 was prepared. The polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer A5 was 460,000. The acrylic adhesive composition C17 of this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the solution of the acrylic polymer A4 was used instead of the solution of the acrylic polymer A1, and an adhesive sheet (consisting of an adhesive layer) was produced. The double-sided adhesive sheet without substrate) S17.

<例18> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更成POB-A/苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯/4HBA=79/20/1外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物A6之溶液。苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯係使用共榮社化學股份公司製之商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE P2H-A」。丙烯酸系聚合物A6之聚合平均分子量(Mw)為48萬。 除了使用丙烯酸系聚合物A6之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物A1之溶液外,以與例2相同方式調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C18,而製作出黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S18。<Example 18> Prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to POB-A/phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate/4HBA=79/20/1 A solution of acrylic polymer A6 was dispensed. As the phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, the trade name "LIGHT ACRYLATE P2H-A" manufactured by Kyōeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. was used. The polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer A6 was 480,000. The acrylic adhesive composition C18 of this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the solution of the acrylic polymer A6 was used instead of the solution of the acrylic polymer A1, and an adhesive sheet (consisting of an adhesive layer) was produced. The double-sided adhesive sheet without substrate) S18.

<例19> 除了將添加劑(HRO )變更成2,12-二烯丙基氧基二萘并噻吩(SUGAI化學工業股份公司製,縮寫:2,12-DAODNT,折射率:1.729)外,以與例2相同方式調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C19,而製作出黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S19。<Example 19> Except having changed the additive (H RO ) to 2,12-diallyloxydinaphthothiophene (manufactured by Sugai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., abbreviation: 2,12-DAODNT, refractive index: 1.729), The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition C19 of this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet composed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer without a base material) S19 was produced.

<例20~22> 除了不使用添加劑(HRO )外,分別以與例16~18相同方式調製出丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物C20~22,而製作出黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)S20~22。<Examples 20 to 22> Acrylic adhesive compositions C20 to 22 were prepared in the same manner as in Examples 16 to 18, respectively, except that no additive (H RO ) was used, to produce adhesive sheets (non-adhesive sheets composed of an adhesive layer). Double-sided adhesive sheet for substrate) S20~22.

<測定及評估> (折射率) 針對各例之黏著劑層(無基材之雙面黏著片),使用阿貝折射計(ATAGO CO., LTD.製,型式「DR-M4」)在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下測定折射率。將結果列於表1、2。<Measurement and Evaluation> (refractive index) For the adhesive layer (double-sided adhesive sheet without substrate) of each example, an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO CO., LTD., type "DR-M4") was used at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. Refractive index was measured. The results are listed in Tables 1 and 2.

(全光線透射率及霧度值) 使用已將各例之黏著劑層貼合於無鹼玻璃(厚度0.8~1.0mm,全光線透射率92%,霧度0.4%)上之試驗片,用霧度計(村上色彩技術研究所製,商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」,在23℃之測定環境下測定上述試驗片之全光線透射率及霧度。將從測定值減去上述無鹼玻璃之全光線透射率及霧度後之值作為黏著劑層之全光線透射率及霧度值。將結果列於表1、2。(Total light transmittance and haze value) Using a test piece in which the adhesive layer of each example was attached to an alkali-free glass (thickness 0.8~1.0mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), a haze meter (manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory) was used. , trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150", measure the total light transmittance and haze of the above-mentioned test piece under the measurement environment of 23 ℃. The total light transmittance and haze of the above-mentioned alkali-free glass will be subtracted from the measured value. The values are taken as the total light transmittance and haze value of the adhesive layer. The results are listed in Tables 1 and 2.

(儲存彈性模數G') 將各例之黏著劑層積層做成厚度約1.5mm者,作為測定用試樣。使用TA Instruments公司製ARES,藉由以下條件進行動態黏彈性測定。從測定結果讀取在25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'。將結果列於表1、2。 [測定條件] 變形模式:扭轉 測定頻率:1Hz 升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 形狀:平行板 7.9mmφ(stored elastic modulus G') The adhesive laminated layer of each example was made into a thickness of about 1.5 mm, and it was set as a measurement sample. Using ARES manufactured by TA Instruments, dynamic viscoelasticity was measured under the following conditions. The storage elastic modulus G' at 25°C was read from the measurement results. The results are listed in Tables 1 and 2. [Measurement conditions] Deformation Mode: Twist Measurement frequency: 1Hz Heating rate: 5°C/min Shape: parallel plate 7.9mmφ

(剝離強度) 針對各例之黏著片測定對玻璃板之剝離強度。即,在23℃、50%RH之測定環境下,從黏著片之一面剝離剝離襯墊,並貼合厚度50µm之PET薄膜進行襯底後,裁切成寬度25mm、長度100mm之尺寸做成試驗片。從試驗片剝離另一面之剝離襯墊,使2kg之滾筒於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(松浪硝子工業公司製,厚度1.35mm,青板磨砂品)的表面進行1往復來壓接。將其放置於該環境下30分鐘,接著投入加壓脫泡裝置(高壓釜)中,在溫度50℃、壓力0.5MPa之條件下進行30分鐘高壓釜處理,再於23℃、50%RH之氣體環境下放置24小時後,使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機,依循JIS Z 0237:2000,在拉伸速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定剝離強度(黏著力)[N/25mm]。萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機係使用美蓓亞公司製之「拉伸壓縮試驗機,TG-1kN」。將結果列於表1、2。(peel strength) The peel strength to the glass plate was measured for the adhesive sheet of each example. That is, under the measurement environment of 23°C and 50%RH, peel off the release liner from one side of the adhesive sheet, and attach a PET film with a thickness of 50µm as a backing, and then cut it into a size of 25mm in width and 100mm in length for testing. piece. The release liner on the other side was peeled off from the test piece, and a 2 kg roller was pressed to the surface of an alkali glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industrial Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, cyan plate frosted product) as a to-be-adhered body by one reciprocation. It was placed in this environment for 30 minutes, then put into a pressurized defoaming device (autoclave), and subjected to autoclave treatment for 30 minutes at a temperature of 50°C and a pressure of 0.5MPa, and then at 23°C and 50% RH. After being placed in a gas environment for 24 hours, use a universal tensile and compression tester to measure the peel strength (adhesion) [N/25mm] under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2000. . The universal tensile and compressive testing machine used "Tensile Compression Testing Machine, TG-1kN" manufactured by Minebea Corporation. The results are listed in Tables 1 and 2.

[表1]

Figure 02_image001
[Table 1]
Figure 02_image001

[表2]

Figure 02_image003
[Table 2]
Figure 02_image003

如表1所示,於不包含添加劑(HRO )之例7的黏著劑中加入添加劑(HRO )之例1~6的黏著劑,相較於例7顯示出更高之折射率。該等黏著劑之透明性高,剝離強度亦佳。在例14與例8~13之對比中亦見相同傾向。另一方面,相較於例1~14,藉由摻混高折射率之無機粒子來提升折射率之例15明顯透明性較差(尤其霧度顯著較高),且未顯示適於作為黏著劑之實用的黏著性能(剝離強度)。EXAMPLE adhesive as shown in Table 1, not containing the additive (H RO) of Example 7 was added an additive (H RO) of the adhesive 1 to 6, compared to the Example 7 shows a higher refractive index. These adhesives have high transparency and good peel strength. The same tendency is also seen in the comparison between Example 14 and Examples 8 to 13. On the other hand, compared with Examples 1 to 14, Example 15 in which the refractive index was increased by mixing inorganic particles with high refractive index was obviously poor in transparency (especially, the haze was significantly higher), and did not appear to be suitable for use as an adhesive The practical adhesion properties (peel strength).

在表2所示例16~19中亦同樣地確認到藉由使用添加劑(HRO )能發揮使折射率提升之效果。例16~19之黏著劑的透明性高,剝離強度亦佳。 從以上可知,例1~6、例8~13、例16~19之黏著劑有抑制光學特性之降低且業已高折射率化,因此適於光學構件(例如具有至少1種光之波導、聚光、繞射之功能的光學薄膜)之接合等用途。Similarly, in Examples 16 to 19 shown in Table 2, it was confirmed that the effect of raising the refractive index was exhibited by using the additive (H RO ). The adhesives of Examples 16 to 19 have high transparency and good peel strength. From the above, it can be seen that the adhesives of Examples 1 to 6, Examples 8 to 13, and Examples 16 to 19 have suppressed the decrease in optical properties and have a high refractive index, so they are suitable for optical components (such as waveguides having at least one type of light, poly Uses such as bonding of optical films with functions of light and diffraction.

以上已詳細說明本發明之具體例,惟該等僅為例示,非限定申請專利範圍者。申請專利範圍中記載之技術包含以上所例示之具體例經各種變形、變更者。The specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are only examples and do not limit the scope of the patent application. The technology described in the scope of claims includes the specific examples exemplified above through various modifications and changes.

1,2:黏著片 10:黏著劑層 10A:第1表面(黏著面) 10B:第2表面 20:支持基材 20A:第1面(非剝離性表面) 20B:第2面(背面) 30,31,32:剝離襯墊 50:附剝離襯墊之黏著片 70:光學構件 100:附黏著片之構件1,2: Adhesive sheet 10: Adhesive layer 10A: 1st surface (adhesive surface) 10B: 2nd surface 20: Support substrate 20A: Side 1 (non-peelable surface) 20B: Side 2 (Back) 30, 31, 32: Release liner 50: Adhesive sheet with release liner 70: Optical components 100: Component with adhesive sheet

圖1係示意顯示一實施形態之黏著片之構成的截面圖。 圖2係示意顯示另一實施形態之黏著片之構成的截面圖。 圖3係示意顯示一實施形態之黏著片貼附於光學構件之附黏著片之光學構件的截面圖。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an optical member in which the adhesive sheet according to an embodiment is attached to the optical member.

1:黏著片 1: adhesive sheet

10:黏著劑層 10: Adhesive layer

10A:第1表面(黏著面) 10A: 1st surface (adhesive surface)

10B:第2表面 10B: 2nd surface

20:支持基材 20: Support substrate

20A:第1面(非剝離性表面) 20A: Side 1 (non-peelable surface)

20B:第2面(背面) 20B: Side 2 (Back)

30:剝離襯墊 30: Release liner

50:附剝離襯墊之黏著片 50: Adhesive sheet with release liner

Claims (12)

一種黏著劑組成物,包含: 丙烯酸系聚合物(A),其包含含芳香環單體(m1)作為單體單元;與 添加劑(HRO ),其係折射率較前述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)更高之有機材料。An adhesive composition, comprising: an acrylic polymer (A) comprising an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit; and an additive (H RO ), the refractive index of which is higher than that of the aforementioned acrylic polymer (A) ) higher organic materials. 如請求項1之黏著劑組成物,其中前述添加劑(HRO )之折射率為1.60以上。The adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is 1.60 or more. 如請求項1或2之黏著劑組成物,其中前述添加劑(HRO )相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)100重量份之含量大於0重量份且在60重量份以下。The adhesive composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (A) is greater than 0 parts by weight and less than 60 parts by weight. 如請求項1至3中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述添加劑(HRO )包含選自於由含芳香環化合物及含雜環化合物所構成群組中之至少1種化合物。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the additive (H RO ) comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring-containing compound and a heterocyclic ring-containing compound. 如請求項1至4中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述添加劑(HRO )包含1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the additive (H RO ) comprises a compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule. 如請求項5之黏著劑組成物,其中前述添加劑(HRO )包含滿足下述至少一項之化合物作為前述1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之化合物: (i)包含2個非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構;及 (ii)包含2個芳香環已行縮合之結構。The adhesive composition according to claim 5, wherein the additive (H RO ) comprises a compound satisfying at least one of the following as the compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule: (i) Contains two non-condensed aromatic rings structure of direct chemical bond; and (ii) structure comprising 2 aromatic rings which have been condensed. 如請求項1至6中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,前述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量為50重量%以上。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A), the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is 50% by weight or more. 如請求項1至7中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分中,前述含芳香環單體(m1)之含量大於70重量%且小於100重量%,並且 前述含芳香環單體(m1)中50重量%以上為均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度在10℃以下之單體。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (A), the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is greater than 70% by weight and less than 100% % by weight, and 50% by weight or more of the above-mentioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is a monomer whose glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is 10°C or lower. 如請求項1至8中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(A)之單體成分更含有單體(m2),該單體(m2)具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (A) further comprises a monomer (m2), and the monomer (m2) has one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. at least one. 一種黏著劑,係由如請求項1至9中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成,且折射率高於1.570。An adhesive is formed from the adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, and has a refractive index higher than 1.570. 一種黏著片,包含藉由黏著劑所構成之黏著劑層,且該黏著劑係由如請求項1至9中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成。An adhesive sheet, comprising an adhesive layer composed of an adhesive, and the adhesive is formed from the adhesive composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 9. 如請求項11之之黏著片,其中前述黏著劑層之霧度值為1.0%以下。The adhesive sheet according to claim 11, wherein the haze value of the adhesive layer is 1.0% or less.
TW110110684A 2020-03-24 2021-03-24 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet TW202144526A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020052408 2020-03-24
JP2020-052408 2020-03-24
JP2020-166426 2020-09-30
JP2020166426 2020-09-30
JP2021049059A JP2022008013A (en) 2020-03-24 2021-03-23 Adhesive composition, adhesive and pressure sensitive adhesive sheet
JP2021-049059 2021-03-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202144526A true TW202144526A (en) 2021-12-01

Family

ID=77892231

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110110684A TW202144526A (en) 2020-03-24 2021-03-24 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20220153085A (en)
CN (1) CN115335480A (en)
TW (1) TW202144526A (en)
WO (1) WO2021193719A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022179075A (en) * 2021-05-21 2022-12-02 日東電工株式会社 Photocurable adhesive agent and use thereof
KR20240040788A (en) * 2021-08-03 2024-03-28 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
KR20240041975A (en) * 2021-08-03 2024-04-01 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Adhesives and adhesive sheets
JP7369760B2 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-10-26 日東電工株式会社 Sheet for encapsulating optical semiconductor devices
JP7369761B2 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-10-26 日東電工株式会社 Sheet for encapsulating optical semiconductor devices

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100707745B1 (en) * 1999-10-28 2007-04-17 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 캄파니 High refractive index pressure-sensitive adhesives
JP4471184B2 (en) * 2000-04-26 2010-06-02 大日本印刷株式会社 Polarizing film and liquid crystal panel using the polarizing film
JP4800722B2 (en) * 2005-09-26 2011-10-26 日東電工株式会社 Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, optical pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, optical member with a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, method for producing the same, and image display device
JP5583048B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2014-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, optical pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and optical pressure-sensitive adhesive laminate
JP6216519B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-10-18 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP6307189B2 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-04-04 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20220153085A (en) 2022-11-17
CN115335480A (en) 2022-11-11
WO2021193719A1 (en) 2021-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202144526A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193724A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193718A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner
WO2021193722A1 (en) Adhesive and use thereof
TW202146229A (en) Light-emitting device
JP2022008015A (en) Light-emitting device
TW202144520A (en) Adhesive optical film
WO2021193723A1 (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner, and optical laminate
JP2022008014A (en) Adhesive optical film
WO2024070789A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
WO2023042686A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP2022008013A (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive and pressure sensitive adhesive sheet
JP2022008017A (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner and optical laminate
TW202338410A (en) Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof
JP2022008012A (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner
TW202346521A (en) Light emitting device including a self-luminous element, a low refractive index layer, and a high refractive index adhesive layer
KR20240011748A (en) Photocurable adhesive and its uses
TW202409232A (en) Adhesive
TW202409229A (en) Adhesives and adhesive sheets
TW202348766A (en) Polysiloxane plasticizer and its utilization wherein, the polysiloxane plasticizer is composed of a siloxane compound that contains more than 2 and less than 5 Si atoms, with at least one Si atom bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds
JP2023151520A (en) Adhesive optical film, and laminate sheet
TW202346509A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet to provide an adhesive that has improved softness and can stably maintain its improved softness